blob: a37fa54c0433415f01991aff34526674e3915a7e [file] [log] [blame]
Bram Moolenaard8c00872005-07-22 21:52:15 +00001*eval.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Jul 22
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002
3
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
5
6
7Expression evaluation *expression* *expr* *E15* *eval*
8
9Using expressions is introduced in chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
10
11Note: Expression evaluation can be disabled at compile time. If this has been
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +000012done, the features in this document are not available. See |+eval| and
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +000013|no-eval-feature|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000014
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000151. Variables |variables|
16 1.1 Variable types
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +000017 1.2 Function references |Funcref|
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +000018 1.3 Lists |Lists|
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +000019 1.4 Dictionaries |Dictionaries|
20 1.5 More about variables |more-variables|
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000212. Expression syntax |expression-syntax|
223. Internal variable |internal-variables|
234. Builtin Functions |functions|
245. Defining functions |user-functions|
256. Curly braces names |curly-braces-names|
267. Commands |expression-commands|
278. Exception handling |exception-handling|
289. Examples |eval-examples|
2910. No +eval feature |no-eval-feature|
3011. The sandbox |eval-sandbox|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000031
32{Vi does not have any of these commands}
33
34==============================================================================
351. Variables *variables*
36
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000371.1 Variable types ~
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +000038 *E712*
Bram Moolenaar39a58ca2005-06-27 22:42:44 +000039There are five types of variables:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000040
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +000041Number A 32 bit signed number.
42 Examples: -123 0x10 0177
43
44String A NUL terminated string of 8-bit unsigned characters (bytes).
45 Examples: "ab\txx\"--" 'x-z''a,c'
46
47Funcref A reference to a function |Funcref|.
48 Example: function("strlen")
49
50List An ordered sequence of items |List|.
51 Example: [1, 2, ['a', 'b']]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000052
Bram Moolenaar39a58ca2005-06-27 22:42:44 +000053Dictionary An associative, unordered array: Each entry has a key and a
54 value. |Dictionary|
55 Example: {'blue': "#0000ff", 'red': "#ff0000"}
56
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +000057The Number and String types are converted automatically, depending on how they
58are used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000059
60Conversion from a Number to a String is by making the ASCII representation of
61the Number. Examples: >
62 Number 123 --> String "123"
63 Number 0 --> String "0"
64 Number -1 --> String "-1"
65
66Conversion from a String to a Number is done by converting the first digits
67to a number. Hexadecimal "0xf9" and Octal "017" numbers are recognized. If
68the String doesn't start with digits, the result is zero. Examples: >
69 String "456" --> Number 456
70 String "6bar" --> Number 6
71 String "foo" --> Number 0
72 String "0xf1" --> Number 241
73 String "0100" --> Number 64
74 String "-8" --> Number -8
75 String "+8" --> Number 0
76
77To force conversion from String to Number, add zero to it: >
78 :echo "0100" + 0
79
80For boolean operators Numbers are used. Zero is FALSE, non-zero is TRUE.
81
82Note that in the command >
83 :if "foo"
84"foo" is converted to 0, which means FALSE. To test for a non-empty string,
85use strlen(): >
86 :if strlen("foo")
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +000087< *E745* *E728* *E703* *E729* *E730* *E731*
88List, Dictionary and Funcref types are not automatically converted.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +000089
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +000090 *E706*
91You will get an error if you try to change the type of a variable. You need
92to |:unlet| it first to avoid this error. String and Number are considered
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +000093equivalent though. Consider this sequence of commands: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +000094 :let l = "string"
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +000095 :let l = 44 " changes type from String to Number
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +000096 :let l = [1, 2, 3] " error!
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +000097
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +000098
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000991.2 Function references ~
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +0000100 *Funcref* *E695* *E718*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000101A Funcref variable is obtained with the |function()| function. It can be used
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000102in an expression in the place of a function name, before the parenthesis
103around the arguments, to invoke the function it refers to. Example: >
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000104
105 :let Fn = function("MyFunc")
106 :echo Fn()
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000107< *E704* *E705* *E707*
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000108A Funcref variable must start with a capital, "s:", "w:" or "b:". You cannot
109have both a Funcref variable and a function with the same name.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000110
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000111A special case is defining a function and directly assigning its Funcref to a
112Dictionary entry. Example: >
113 :function dict.init() dict
114 : let self.val = 0
115 :endfunction
116
117The key of the Dictionary can start with a lower case letter. The actual
118function name is not used here. Also see |numbered-function|.
119
120A Funcref can also be used with the |:call| command: >
121 :call Fn()
122 :call dict.init()
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000123
124The name of the referenced function can be obtained with |string()|. >
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +0000125 :let func = string(Fn)
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000126
127You can use |call()| to invoke a Funcref and use a list variable for the
128arguments: >
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +0000129 :let r = call(Fn, mylist)
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000130
131
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00001321.3 Lists ~
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +0000133 *List* *Lists* *E686*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000134A List is an ordered sequence of items. An item can be of any type. Items
135can be accessed by their index number. Items can be added and removed at any
136position in the sequence.
137
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000138
139List creation ~
140 *E696* *E697*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000141A List is created with a comma separated list of items in square brackets.
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000142Examples: >
143 :let mylist = [1, two, 3, "four"]
144 :let emptylist = []
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000145
146An item can be any expression. Using a List for an item creates a
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000147nested List: >
148 :let nestlist = [[11, 12], [21, 22], [31, 32]]
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000149
150An extra comma after the last item is ignored.
151
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000152
153List index ~
154 *list-index* *E684*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000155An item in the List can be accessed by putting the index in square brackets
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000156after the List. Indexes are zero-based, thus the first item has index zero. >
157 :let item = mylist[0] " get the first item: 1
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000158 :let item = mylist[2] " get the third item: 3
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000159
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000160When the resulting item is a list this can be repeated: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000161 :let item = nestlist[0][1] " get the first list, second item: 12
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000162<
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000163A negative index is counted from the end. Index -1 refers to the last item in
164the List, -2 to the last but one item, etc. >
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000165 :let last = mylist[-1] " get the last item: "four"
166
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000167To avoid an error for an invalid index use the |get()| function. When an item
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000168is not available it returns zero or the default value you specify: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000169 :echo get(mylist, idx)
170 :echo get(mylist, idx, "NONE")
171
172
173List concatenation ~
174
175Two lists can be concatenated with the "+" operator: >
176 :let longlist = mylist + [5, 6]
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +0000177 :let mylist += [7, 8]
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000178
179To prepend or append an item turn the item into a list by putting [] around
180it. To change a list in-place see |list-modification| below.
181
182
183Sublist ~
184
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000185A part of the List can be obtained by specifying the first and last index,
186separated by a colon in square brackets: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000187 :let shortlist = mylist[2:-1] " get List [3, "four"]
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000188
189Omitting the first index is similar to zero. Omitting the last index is
190similar to -1. The difference is that there is no error if the items are not
191available. >
Bram Moolenaar540d6e32005-01-09 21:20:18 +0000192 :let endlist = mylist[2:] " from item 2 to the end: [3, "four"]
193 :let shortlist = mylist[2:2] " List with one item: [3]
194 :let otherlist = mylist[:] " make a copy of the List
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000195
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000196The second index can be just before the first index. In that case the result
197is an empty list. If the second index is lower, this results in an error. >
198 :echo mylist[2:1] " result: []
199 :echo mylist[2:0] " error!
200
Bram Moolenaara7fc0102005-05-18 22:17:12 +0000201NOTE: mylist[s:e] means using the variable "s:e" as index. Watch out for
202using a single letter variable before the ":". Insert a space when needed:
203mylist[s : e].
204
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000205
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000206List identity ~
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000207 *list-identity*
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000208When variable "aa" is a list and you assign it to another variable "bb", both
209variables refer to the same list. Thus changing the list "aa" will also
210change "bb": >
211 :let aa = [1, 2, 3]
212 :let bb = aa
213 :call add(aa, 4)
214 :echo bb
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000215< [1, 2, 3, 4]
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000216
217Making a copy of a list is done with the |copy()| function. Using [:] also
218works, as explained above. This creates a shallow copy of the list: Changing
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000219a list item in the list will also change the item in the copied list: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000220 :let aa = [[1, 'a'], 2, 3]
221 :let bb = copy(aa)
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000222 :call add(aa, 4)
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000223 :let aa[0][1] = 'aaa'
224 :echo aa
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000225< [[1, aaa], 2, 3, 4] >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000226 :echo bb
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000227< [[1, aaa], 2, 3]
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000228
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000229To make a completely independent list use |deepcopy()|. This also makes a
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000230copy of the values in the list, recursively. Up to a hundred levels deep.
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000231
232The operator "is" can be used to check if two variables refer to the same
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000233List. "isnot" does the opposite. In contrast "==" compares if two lists have
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000234the same value. >
235 :let alist = [1, 2, 3]
236 :let blist = [1, 2, 3]
237 :echo alist is blist
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000238< 0 >
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000239 :echo alist == blist
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000240< 1
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000241
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +0000242Note about comparing lists: Two lists are considered equal if they have the
243same length and all items compare equal, as with using "==". There is one
Bram Moolenaar7d1f5db2005-07-03 21:39:27 +0000244exception: When comparing a number with a string they are considered
245different. There is no automatic type conversion, as with using "==" on
246variables. Example: >
247 echo 4 == "4"
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +0000248< 1 >
Bram Moolenaar7d1f5db2005-07-03 21:39:27 +0000249 echo [4] == ["4"]
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +0000250< 0
251
Bram Moolenaar7d1f5db2005-07-03 21:39:27 +0000252Thus comparing Lists is more strict than comparing numbers and strings. You
253can compare simple values this way too by putting them in a string: >
254
255 :let a = 5
256 :let b = "5"
257 echo a == b
258< 1 >
259 echo [a] == [b]
260< 0
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +0000261
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000262
263List unpack ~
264
265To unpack the items in a list to individual variables, put the variables in
266square brackets, like list items: >
267 :let [var1, var2] = mylist
268
269When the number of variables does not match the number of items in the list
270this produces an error. To handle any extra items from the list append ";"
271and a variable name: >
272 :let [var1, var2; rest] = mylist
273
274This works like: >
275 :let var1 = mylist[0]
276 :let var2 = mylist[1]
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000277 :let rest = mylist[2:]
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000278
279Except that there is no error if there are only two items. "rest" will be an
280empty list then.
281
282
283List modification ~
284 *list-modification*
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000285To change a specific item of a list use |:let| this way: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000286 :let list[4] = "four"
287 :let listlist[0][3] = item
288
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000289To change part of a list you can specify the first and last item to be
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000290modified. The value must at least have the number of items in the range: >
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000291 :let list[3:5] = [3, 4, 5]
292
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000293Adding and removing items from a list is done with functions. Here are a few
294examples: >
295 :call insert(list, 'a') " prepend item 'a'
296 :call insert(list, 'a', 3) " insert item 'a' before list[3]
297 :call add(list, "new") " append String item
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000298 :call add(list, [1, 2]) " append a List as one new item
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000299 :call extend(list, [1, 2]) " extend the list with two more items
300 :let i = remove(list, 3) " remove item 3
Bram Moolenaar9cd15162005-01-16 22:02:49 +0000301 :unlet list[3] " idem
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000302 :let l = remove(list, 3, -1) " remove items 3 to last item
Bram Moolenaar9cd15162005-01-16 22:02:49 +0000303 :unlet list[3 : ] " idem
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000304 :call filter(list, 'v:val !~ "x"') " remove items with an 'x'
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000305
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000306Changing the order of items in a list: >
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000307 :call sort(list) " sort a list alphabetically
308 :call reverse(list) " reverse the order of items
309
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000310
311For loop ~
312
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000313The |:for| loop executes commands for each item in a list. A variable is set
314to each item in the list in sequence. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000315 :for item in mylist
316 : call Doit(item)
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000317 :endfor
318
319This works like: >
320 :let index = 0
321 :while index < len(mylist)
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000322 : let item = mylist[index]
323 : :call Doit(item)
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000324 : let index = index + 1
325 :endwhile
326
327Note that all items in the list should be of the same type, otherwise this
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000328results in error |E706|. To avoid this |:unlet| the variable at the end of
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000329the loop.
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000330
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000331If all you want to do is modify each item in the list then the |map()|
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000332function will be a simpler method than a for loop.
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000333
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000334Just like the |:let| command, |:for| also accepts a list of variables. This
335requires the argument to be a list of lists. >
336 :for [lnum, col] in [[1, 3], [2, 8], [3, 0]]
337 : call Doit(lnum, col)
338 :endfor
339
340This works like a |:let| command is done for each list item. Again, the types
341must remain the same to avoid an error.
342
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000343It is also possible to put remaining items in a List variable: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000344 :for [i, j; rest] in listlist
345 : call Doit(i, j)
346 : if !empty(rest)
347 : echo "remainder: " . string(rest)
348 : endif
349 :endfor
350
351
352List functions ~
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000353 *E714*
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000354Functions that are useful with a List: >
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000355 :let r = call(funcname, list) " call a function with an argument list
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000356 :if empty(list) " check if list is empty
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000357 :let l = len(list) " number of items in list
358 :let big = max(list) " maximum value in list
359 :let small = min(list) " minimum value in list
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000360 :let xs = count(list, 'x') " count nr of times 'x' appears in list
361 :let i = index(list, 'x') " index of first 'x' in list
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000362 :let lines = getline(1, 10) " get ten text lines from buffer
363 :call append('$', lines) " append text lines in buffer
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000364 :let list = split("a b c") " create list from items in a string
365 :let string = join(list, ', ') " create string from list items
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000366 :let s = string(list) " String representation of list
367 :call map(list, '">> " . v:val') " prepend ">> " to each item
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000368
Bram Moolenaar0cb032e2005-04-23 20:52:00 +0000369Don't forget that a combination of features can make things simple. For
370example, to add up all the numbers in a list: >
371 :exe 'let sum = ' . join(nrlist, '+')
372
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000373
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003741.4 Dictionaries ~
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000375 *Dictionaries* *Dictionary*
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000376A Dictionary is an associative array: Each entry has a key and a value. The
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000377entry can be located with the key. The entries are stored without a specific
378ordering.
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000379
380
381Dictionary creation ~
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000382 *E720* *E721* *E722* *E723*
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000383A Dictionary is created with a comma separated list of entries in curly
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000384braces. Each entry has a key and a value, separated by a colon. Each key can
385only appear once. Examples: >
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000386 :let mydict = {1: 'one', 2: 'two', 3: 'three'}
387 :let emptydict = {}
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000388< *E713* *E716* *E717*
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000389A key is always a String. You can use a Number, it will be converted to a
390String automatically. Thus the String '4' and the number 4 will find the same
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000391entry. Note that the String '04' and the Number 04 are different, since the
392Number will be converted to the String '4'.
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000393
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000394A value can be any expression. Using a Dictionary for a value creates a
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000395nested Dictionary: >
396 :let nestdict = {1: {11: 'a', 12: 'b'}, 2: {21: 'c'}}
397
398An extra comma after the last entry is ignored.
399
400
401Accessing entries ~
402
403The normal way to access an entry is by putting the key in square brackets: >
404 :let val = mydict["one"]
405 :let mydict["four"] = 4
406
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000407You can add new entries to an existing Dictionary this way, unlike Lists.
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000408
409For keys that consist entirely of letters, digits and underscore the following
410form can be used |expr-entry|: >
411 :let val = mydict.one
412 :let mydict.four = 4
413
414Since an entry can be any type, also a List and a Dictionary, the indexing and
415key lookup can be repeated: >
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000416 :echo dict.key[idx].key
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000417
418
419Dictionary to List conversion ~
420
421You may want to loop over the entries in a dictionary. For this you need to
422turn the Dictionary into a List and pass it to |:for|.
423
424Most often you want to loop over the keys, using the |keys()| function: >
425 :for key in keys(mydict)
426 : echo key . ': ' . mydict[key]
427 :endfor
428
429The List of keys is unsorted. You may want to sort them first: >
430 :for key in sort(keys(mydict))
431
432To loop over the values use the |values()| function: >
433 :for v in values(mydict)
434 : echo "value: " . v
435 :endfor
436
437If you want both the key and the value use the |items()| function. It returns
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000438a List in which each item is a List with two items, the key and the value: >
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000439 :for entry in items(mydict)
440 : echo entry[0] . ': ' . entry[1]
441 :endfor
442
443
444Dictionary identity ~
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +0000445 *dict-identity*
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000446Just like Lists you need to use |copy()| and |deepcopy()| to make a copy of a
447Dictionary. Otherwise, assignment results in referring to the same
448Dictionary: >
449 :let onedict = {'a': 1, 'b': 2}
450 :let adict = onedict
451 :let adict['a'] = 11
452 :echo onedict['a']
453 11
454
Bram Moolenaarf3bd51a2005-06-14 22:11:18 +0000455Two Dictionaries compare equal if all the key-value pairs compare equal. For
456more info see |list-identity|.
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000457
458
459Dictionary modification ~
460 *dict-modification*
461To change an already existing entry of a Dictionary, or to add a new entry,
462use |:let| this way: >
463 :let dict[4] = "four"
464 :let dict['one'] = item
465
Bram Moolenaar9cd15162005-01-16 22:02:49 +0000466Removing an entry from a Dictionary is done with |remove()| or |:unlet|.
467Three ways to remove the entry with key "aaa" from dict: >
468 :let i = remove(dict, 'aaa')
469 :unlet dict.aaa
470 :unlet dict['aaa']
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000471
472Merging a Dictionary with another is done with |extend()|: >
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000473 :call extend(adict, bdict)
474This extends adict with all entries from bdict. Duplicate keys cause entries
475in adict to be overwritten. An optional third argument can change this.
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +0000476Note that the order of entries in a Dictionary is irrelevant, thus don't
477expect ":echo adict" to show the items from bdict after the older entries in
478adict.
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000479
480Weeding out entries from a Dictionary can be done with |filter()|: >
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +0000481 :call filter(dict 'v:val =~ "x"')
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000482This removes all entries from "dict" with a value not matching 'x'.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000483
484
485Dictionary function ~
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000486 *Dictionary-function* *self* *E725*
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000487When a function is defined with the "dict" attribute it can be used in a
488special way with a dictionary. Example: >
489 :function Mylen() dict
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000490 : return len(self.data)
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000491 :endfunction
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000492 :let mydict = {'data': [0, 1, 2, 3], 'len': function("Mylen")}
493 :echo mydict.len()
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000494
495This is like a method in object oriented programming. The entry in the
496Dictionary is a |Funcref|. The local variable "self" refers to the dictionary
497the function was invoked from.
498
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000499It is also possible to add a function without the "dict" attribute as a
500Funcref to a Dictionary, but the "self" variable is not available then.
501
502 *numbered-function*
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000503To avoid the extra name for the function it can be defined and directly
504assigned to a Dictionary in this way: >
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000505 :let mydict = {'data': [0, 1, 2, 3]}
506 :function mydict.len() dict
507 : return len(self.data)
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000508 :endfunction
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000509 :echo mydict.len()
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000510
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000511The function will then get a number and the value of dict.len is a |Funcref|
512that references this function. The function can only be used through a
513|Funcref|. It will automatically be deleted when there is no |Funcref|
514remaining that refers to it.
515
516It is not necessary to use the "dict" attribute for a numbered function.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000517
518
519Functions for Dictionaries ~
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000520 *E715*
521Functions that can be used with a Dictionary: >
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000522 :if has_key(dict, 'foo') " TRUE if dict has entry with key "foo"
523 :if empty(dict) " TRUE if dict is empty
524 :let l = len(dict) " number of items in dict
525 :let big = max(dict) " maximum value in dict
526 :let small = min(dict) " minimum value in dict
527 :let xs = count(dict, 'x') " count nr of times 'x' appears in dict
528 :let s = string(dict) " String representation of dict
529 :call map(dict, '">> " . v:val') " prepend ">> " to each item
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000530
531
5321.5 More about variables ~
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000533 *more-variables*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000534If you need to know the type of a variable or expression, use the |type()|
535function.
536
537When the '!' flag is included in the 'viminfo' option, global variables that
538start with an uppercase letter, and don't contain a lowercase letter, are
539stored in the viminfo file |viminfo-file|.
540
541When the 'sessionoptions' option contains "global", global variables that
542start with an uppercase letter and contain at least one lowercase letter are
543stored in the session file |session-file|.
544
545variable name can be stored where ~
546my_var_6 not
547My_Var_6 session file
548MY_VAR_6 viminfo file
549
550
551It's possible to form a variable name with curly braces, see
552|curly-braces-names|.
553
554==============================================================================
5552. Expression syntax *expression-syntax*
556
557Expression syntax summary, from least to most significant:
558
559|expr1| expr2 ? expr1 : expr1 if-then-else
560
561|expr2| expr3 || expr3 .. logical OR
562
563|expr3| expr4 && expr4 .. logical AND
564
565|expr4| expr5 == expr5 equal
566 expr5 != expr5 not equal
567 expr5 > expr5 greater than
568 expr5 >= expr5 greater than or equal
569 expr5 < expr5 smaller than
570 expr5 <= expr5 smaller than or equal
571 expr5 =~ expr5 regexp matches
572 expr5 !~ expr5 regexp doesn't match
573
574 expr5 ==? expr5 equal, ignoring case
575 expr5 ==# expr5 equal, match case
576 etc. As above, append ? for ignoring case, # for
577 matching case
578
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000579 expr5 is expr5 same List instance
580 expr5 isnot expr5 different List instance
581
582|expr5| expr6 + expr6 .. number addition or list concatenation
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000583 expr6 - expr6 .. number subtraction
584 expr6 . expr6 .. string concatenation
585
586|expr6| expr7 * expr7 .. number multiplication
587 expr7 / expr7 .. number division
588 expr7 % expr7 .. number modulo
589
590|expr7| ! expr7 logical NOT
591 - expr7 unary minus
592 + expr7 unary plus
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000593
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000594
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000595|expr8| expr8[expr1] byte of a String or item of a List
596 expr8[expr1 : expr1] substring of a String or sublist of a List
597 expr8.name entry in a Dictionary
598 expr8(expr1, ...) function call with Funcref variable
599
600|expr9| number number constant
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +0000601 "string" string constant, backslash is special
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000602 'string' string constant, ' is doubled
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000603 [expr1, ...] List
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000604 {expr1: expr1, ...} Dictionary
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000605 &option option value
606 (expr1) nested expression
607 variable internal variable
608 va{ria}ble internal variable with curly braces
609 $VAR environment variable
610 @r contents of register 'r'
611 function(expr1, ...) function call
612 func{ti}on(expr1, ...) function call with curly braces
613
614
615".." indicates that the operations in this level can be concatenated.
616Example: >
617 &nu || &list && &shell == "csh"
618
619All expressions within one level are parsed from left to right.
620
621
622expr1 *expr1* *E109*
623-----
624
625expr2 ? expr1 : expr1
626
627The expression before the '?' is evaluated to a number. If it evaluates to
628non-zero, the result is the value of the expression between the '?' and ':',
629otherwise the result is the value of the expression after the ':'.
630Example: >
631 :echo lnum == 1 ? "top" : lnum
632
633Since the first expression is an "expr2", it cannot contain another ?:. The
634other two expressions can, thus allow for recursive use of ?:.
635Example: >
636 :echo lnum == 1 ? "top" : lnum == 1000 ? "last" : lnum
637
638To keep this readable, using |line-continuation| is suggested: >
639 :echo lnum == 1
640 :\ ? "top"
641 :\ : lnum == 1000
642 :\ ? "last"
643 :\ : lnum
644
645
646expr2 and expr3 *expr2* *expr3*
647---------------
648
649 *expr-barbar* *expr-&&*
650The "||" and "&&" operators take one argument on each side. The arguments
651are (converted to) Numbers. The result is:
652
653 input output ~
654n1 n2 n1 || n2 n1 && n2 ~
655zero zero zero zero
656zero non-zero non-zero zero
657non-zero zero non-zero zero
658non-zero non-zero non-zero non-zero
659
660The operators can be concatenated, for example: >
661
662 &nu || &list && &shell == "csh"
663
664Note that "&&" takes precedence over "||", so this has the meaning of: >
665
666 &nu || (&list && &shell == "csh")
667
668Once the result is known, the expression "short-circuits", that is, further
669arguments are not evaluated. This is like what happens in C. For example: >
670
671 let a = 1
672 echo a || b
673
674This is valid even if there is no variable called "b" because "a" is non-zero,
675so the result must be non-zero. Similarly below: >
676
677 echo exists("b") && b == "yes"
678
679This is valid whether "b" has been defined or not. The second clause will
680only be evaluated if "b" has been defined.
681
682
683expr4 *expr4*
684-----
685
686expr5 {cmp} expr5
687
688Compare two expr5 expressions, resulting in a 0 if it evaluates to false, or 1
689if it evaluates to true.
690
691 *expr-==* *expr-!=* *expr->* *expr->=*
692 *expr-<* *expr-<=* *expr-=~* *expr-!~*
693 *expr-==#* *expr-!=#* *expr->#* *expr->=#*
694 *expr-<#* *expr-<=#* *expr-=~#* *expr-!~#*
695 *expr-==?* *expr-!=?* *expr->?* *expr->=?*
696 *expr-<?* *expr-<=?* *expr-=~?* *expr-!~?*
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000697 *expr-is*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000698 use 'ignorecase' match case ignore case ~
699equal == ==# ==?
700not equal != !=# !=?
701greater than > ># >?
702greater than or equal >= >=# >=?
703smaller than < <# <?
704smaller than or equal <= <=# <=?
705regexp matches =~ =~# =~?
706regexp doesn't match !~ !~# !~?
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000707same instance is
708different instance isnot
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000709
710Examples:
711"abc" ==# "Abc" evaluates to 0
712"abc" ==? "Abc" evaluates to 1
713"abc" == "Abc" evaluates to 1 if 'ignorecase' is set, 0 otherwise
714
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000715 *E691* *E692*
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000716A List can only be compared with a List and only "equal", "not equal" and "is"
717can be used. This compares the values of the list, recursively. Ignoring
718case means case is ignored when comparing item values.
719
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000720 *E735* *E736*
721A Dictionary can only be compared with a Dictionary and only "equal", "not
722equal" and "is" can be used. This compares the key/values of the Dictionary,
723recursively. Ignoring case means case is ignored when comparing item values.
724
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000725 *E693* *E694*
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000726A Funcref can only be compared with a Funcref and only "equal" and "not equal"
727can be used. Case is never ignored.
728
729When using "is" or "isnot" with a List this checks if the expressions are
730referring to the same List instance. A copy of a List is different from the
731original List. When using "is" without a List it is equivalent to using
732"equal", using "isnot" equivalent to using "not equal". Except that a
733different type means the values are different. "4 == '4'" is true, "4 is '4'"
734is false.
735
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000736When comparing a String with a Number, the String is converted to a Number,
737and the comparison is done on Numbers. This means that "0 == 'x'" is TRUE,
738because 'x' converted to a Number is zero.
739
740When comparing two Strings, this is done with strcmp() or stricmp(). This
741results in the mathematical difference (comparing byte values), not
742necessarily the alphabetical difference in the local language.
743
744When using the operators with a trailing '#", or the short version and
745'ignorecase' is off, the comparing is done with strcmp().
746
747When using the operators with a trailing '?', or the short version and
748'ignorecase' is set, the comparing is done with stricmp().
749
750The "=~" and "!~" operators match the lefthand argument with the righthand
751argument, which is used as a pattern. See |pattern| for what a pattern is.
752This matching is always done like 'magic' was set and 'cpoptions' is empty, no
753matter what the actual value of 'magic' or 'cpoptions' is. This makes scripts
754portable. To avoid backslashes in the regexp pattern to be doubled, use a
755single-quote string, see |literal-string|.
756Since a string is considered to be a single line, a multi-line pattern
757(containing \n, backslash-n) will not match. However, a literal NL character
758can be matched like an ordinary character. Examples:
759 "foo\nbar" =~ "\n" evaluates to 1
760 "foo\nbar" =~ "\\n" evaluates to 0
761
762
763expr5 and expr6 *expr5* *expr6*
764---------------
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000765expr6 + expr6 .. Number addition or List concatenation *expr-+*
766expr6 - expr6 .. Number subtraction *expr--*
767expr6 . expr6 .. String concatenation *expr-.*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000768
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000769For Lists only "+" is possible and then both expr6 must be a list. The result
770is a new list with the two lists Concatenated.
771
772expr7 * expr7 .. number multiplication *expr-star*
773expr7 / expr7 .. number division *expr-/*
774expr7 % expr7 .. number modulo *expr-%*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000775
776For all, except ".", Strings are converted to Numbers.
777
778Note the difference between "+" and ".":
779 "123" + "456" = 579
780 "123" . "456" = "123456"
781
782When the righthand side of '/' is zero, the result is 0x7fffffff.
783When the righthand side of '%' is zero, the result is 0.
784
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000785None of these work for Funcrefs.
786
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000787
788expr7 *expr7*
789-----
790! expr7 logical NOT *expr-!*
791- expr7 unary minus *expr-unary--*
792+ expr7 unary plus *expr-unary-+*
793
794For '!' non-zero becomes zero, zero becomes one.
795For '-' the sign of the number is changed.
796For '+' the number is unchanged.
797
798A String will be converted to a Number first.
799
800These three can be repeated and mixed. Examples:
801 !-1 == 0
802 !!8 == 1
803 --9 == 9
804
805
806expr8 *expr8*
807-----
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000808expr8[expr1] item of String or List *expr-[]* *E111*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000809
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000810If expr8 is a Number or String this results in a String that contains the
811expr1'th single byte from expr8. expr8 is used as a String, expr1 as a
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000812Number. Note that this doesn't recognize multi-byte encodings.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000813
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000814Index zero gives the first character. This is like it works in C. Careful:
815text column numbers start with one! Example, to get the character under the
816cursor: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000817 :let c = getline(line("."))[col(".") - 1]
818
819If the length of the String is less than the index, the result is an empty
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000820String. A negative index always results in an empty string (reason: backwards
821compatibility). Use [-1:] to get the last byte.
822
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000823If expr8 is a List then it results the item at index expr1. See |list-index|
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000824for possible index values. If the index is out of range this results in an
825error. Example: >
826 :let item = mylist[-1] " get last item
827
828Generally, if a List index is equal to or higher than the length of the List,
829or more negative than the length of the List, this results in an error.
830
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000831
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000832expr8[expr1a : expr1b] substring or sublist *expr-[:]*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000833
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000834If expr8 is a Number or String this results in the substring with the bytes
835from expr1a to and including expr1b. expr8 is used as a String, expr1a and
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000836expr1b are used as a Number. Note that this doesn't recognize multi-byte
837encodings.
838
839If expr1a is omitted zero is used. If expr1b is omitted the length of the
840string minus one is used.
841
842A negative number can be used to measure from the end of the string. -1 is
843the last character, -2 the last but one, etc.
844
845If an index goes out of range for the string characters are omitted. If
846expr1b is smaller than expr1a the result is an empty string.
847
848Examples: >
849 :let c = name[-1:] " last byte of a string
850 :let c = name[-2:-2] " last but one byte of a string
851 :let s = line(".")[4:] " from the fifth byte to the end
852 :let s = s[:-3] " remove last two bytes
853
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000854If expr8 is a List this results in a new List with the items indicated by the
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000855indexes expr1a and expr1b. This works like with a String, as explained just
856above, except that indexes out of range cause an error. Examples: >
857 :let l = mylist[:3] " first four items
858 :let l = mylist[4:4] " List with one item
859 :let l = mylist[:] " shallow copy of a List
860
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000861Using expr8[expr1] or expr8[expr1a : expr1b] on a Funcref results in an error.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000862
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000863
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000864expr8.name entry in a Dictionary *expr-entry*
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000865
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000866If expr8 is a Dictionary and it is followed by a dot, then the following name
867will be used as a key in the Dictionary. This is just like: expr8[name].
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000868
869The name must consist of alphanumeric characters, just like a variable name,
870but it may start with a number. Curly braces cannot be used.
871
872There must not be white space before or after the dot.
873
874Examples: >
875 :let dict = {"one": 1, 2: "two"}
876 :echo dict.one
877 :echo dict .2
878
879Note that the dot is also used for String concatenation. To avoid confusion
880always put spaces around the dot for String concatenation.
881
882
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000883expr8(expr1, ...) Funcref function call
884
885When expr8 is a |Funcref| type variable, invoke the function it refers to.
886
887
888
889 *expr9*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000890number
891------
892number number constant *expr-number*
893
894Decimal, Hexadecimal (starting with 0x or 0X), or Octal (starting with 0).
895
896
897string *expr-string* *E114*
898------
899"string" string constant *expr-quote*
900
901Note that double quotes are used.
902
903A string constant accepts these special characters:
904\... three-digit octal number (e.g., "\316")
905\.. two-digit octal number (must be followed by non-digit)
906\. one-digit octal number (must be followed by non-digit)
907\x.. byte specified with two hex numbers (e.g., "\x1f")
908\x. byte specified with one hex number (must be followed by non-hex char)
909\X.. same as \x..
910\X. same as \x.
911\u.... character specified with up to 4 hex numbers, stored according to the
912 current value of 'encoding' (e.g., "\u02a4")
913\U.... same as \u....
914\b backspace <BS>
915\e escape <Esc>
916\f formfeed <FF>
917\n newline <NL>
918\r return <CR>
919\t tab <Tab>
920\\ backslash
921\" double quote
922\<xxx> Special key named "xxx". e.g. "\<C-W>" for CTRL-W.
923
924Note that "\000" and "\x00" force the end of the string.
925
926
927literal-string *literal-string* *E115*
928---------------
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +0000929'string' string constant *expr-'*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000930
931Note that single quotes are used.
932
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +0000933This string is taken as it is. No backslashes are removed or have a special
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000934meaning. The only exception is that two quotes stand for one quote.
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +0000935
936Single quoted strings are useful for patterns, so that backslashes do not need
937to be doubled. These two commands are equivalent: >
938 if a =~ "\\s*"
939 if a =~ '\s*'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000940
941
942option *expr-option* *E112* *E113*
943------
944&option option value, local value if possible
945&g:option global option value
946&l:option local option value
947
948Examples: >
949 echo "tabstop is " . &tabstop
950 if &insertmode
951
952Any option name can be used here. See |options|. When using the local value
953and there is no buffer-local or window-local value, the global value is used
954anyway.
955
956
957register *expr-register*
958--------
959@r contents of register 'r'
960
961The result is the contents of the named register, as a single string.
962Newlines are inserted where required. To get the contents of the unnamed
Bram Moolenaare7566042005-06-17 22:00:15 +0000963register use @" or @@. See |registers| for an explanation of the available
964registers.
965
966When using the '=' register you get the expression itself, not what it
967evaluates to. Use |eval()| to evaluate it.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000968
969
970nesting *expr-nesting* *E110*
971-------
972(expr1) nested expression
973
974
975environment variable *expr-env*
976--------------------
977$VAR environment variable
978
979The String value of any environment variable. When it is not defined, the
980result is an empty string.
981 *expr-env-expand*
982Note that there is a difference between using $VAR directly and using
983expand("$VAR"). Using it directly will only expand environment variables that
984are known inside the current Vim session. Using expand() will first try using
985the environment variables known inside the current Vim session. If that
986fails, a shell will be used to expand the variable. This can be slow, but it
987does expand all variables that the shell knows about. Example: >
988 :echo $version
989 :echo expand("$version")
990The first one probably doesn't echo anything, the second echoes the $version
991variable (if your shell supports it).
992
993
994internal variable *expr-variable*
995-----------------
996variable internal variable
997See below |internal-variables|.
998
999
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00001000function call *expr-function* *E116* *E118* *E119* *E120*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001001-------------
1002function(expr1, ...) function call
1003See below |functions|.
1004
1005
1006==============================================================================
10073. Internal variable *internal-variables* *E121*
1008 *E461*
1009An internal variable name can be made up of letters, digits and '_'. But it
1010cannot start with a digit. It's also possible to use curly braces, see
1011|curly-braces-names|.
1012
1013An internal variable is created with the ":let" command |:let|.
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00001014An internal variable is explicitly destroyed with the ":unlet" command
1015|:unlet|.
1016Using a name that is not an internal variable or refers to a variable that has
1017been destroyed results in an error.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001018
1019There are several name spaces for variables. Which one is to be used is
1020specified by what is prepended:
1021
1022 (nothing) In a function: local to a function; otherwise: global
1023|buffer-variable| b: Local to the current buffer.
1024|window-variable| w: Local to the current window.
1025|global-variable| g: Global.
1026|local-variable| l: Local to a function.
1027|script-variable| s: Local to a |:source|'ed Vim script.
1028|function-argument| a: Function argument (only inside a function).
1029|vim-variable| v: Global, predefined by Vim.
1030
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00001031The scope name by itself can be used as a Dictionary. For example, to delete
1032all script-local variables: >
1033 :for k in keys(s:)
1034 : unlet s:[k]
1035 :endfor
1036<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001037 *buffer-variable* *b:var*
1038A variable name that is preceded with "b:" is local to the current buffer.
1039Thus you can have several "b:foo" variables, one for each buffer.
1040This kind of variable is deleted when the buffer is wiped out or deleted with
1041|:bdelete|.
1042
1043One local buffer variable is predefined:
1044 *b:changedtick-variable* *changetick*
1045b:changedtick The total number of changes to the current buffer. It is
1046 incremented for each change. An undo command is also a change
1047 in this case. This can be used to perform an action only when
1048 the buffer has changed. Example: >
1049 :if my_changedtick != b:changedtick
1050 : let my_changedtick = b:changedtick
1051 : call My_Update()
1052 :endif
1053<
1054 *window-variable* *w:var*
1055A variable name that is preceded with "w:" is local to the current window. It
1056is deleted when the window is closed.
1057
1058 *global-variable* *g:var*
1059Inside functions global variables are accessed with "g:". Omitting this will
1060access a variable local to a function. But "g:" can also be used in any other
1061place if you like.
1062
1063 *local-variable* *l:var*
1064Inside functions local variables are accessed without prepending anything.
1065But you can also prepend "l:" if you like.
1066
1067 *script-variable* *s:var*
1068In a Vim script variables starting with "s:" can be used. They cannot be
1069accessed from outside of the scripts, thus are local to the script.
1070
1071They can be used in:
1072- commands executed while the script is sourced
1073- functions defined in the script
1074- autocommands defined in the script
1075- functions and autocommands defined in functions and autocommands which were
1076 defined in the script (recursively)
1077- user defined commands defined in the script
1078Thus not in:
1079- other scripts sourced from this one
1080- mappings
1081- etc.
1082
1083script variables can be used to avoid conflicts with global variable names.
1084Take this example:
1085
1086 let s:counter = 0
1087 function MyCounter()
1088 let s:counter = s:counter + 1
1089 echo s:counter
1090 endfunction
1091 command Tick call MyCounter()
1092
1093You can now invoke "Tick" from any script, and the "s:counter" variable in
1094that script will not be changed, only the "s:counter" in the script where
1095"Tick" was defined is used.
1096
1097Another example that does the same: >
1098
1099 let s:counter = 0
1100 command Tick let s:counter = s:counter + 1 | echo s:counter
1101
1102When calling a function and invoking a user-defined command, the context for
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00001103script variables is set to the script where the function or command was
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001104defined.
1105
1106The script variables are also available when a function is defined inside a
1107function that is defined in a script. Example: >
1108
1109 let s:counter = 0
1110 function StartCounting(incr)
1111 if a:incr
1112 function MyCounter()
1113 let s:counter = s:counter + 1
1114 endfunction
1115 else
1116 function MyCounter()
1117 let s:counter = s:counter - 1
1118 endfunction
1119 endif
1120 endfunction
1121
1122This defines the MyCounter() function either for counting up or counting down
1123when calling StartCounting(). It doesn't matter from where StartCounting() is
1124called, the s:counter variable will be accessible in MyCounter().
1125
1126When the same script is sourced again it will use the same script variables.
1127They will remain valid as long as Vim is running. This can be used to
1128maintain a counter: >
1129
1130 if !exists("s:counter")
1131 let s:counter = 1
1132 echo "script executed for the first time"
1133 else
1134 let s:counter = s:counter + 1
1135 echo "script executed " . s:counter . " times now"
1136 endif
1137
1138Note that this means that filetype plugins don't get a different set of script
1139variables for each buffer. Use local buffer variables instead |b:var|.
1140
1141
1142Predefined Vim variables: *vim-variable* *v:var*
1143
Bram Moolenaare4efc3b2005-03-07 23:16:51 +00001144 *v:beval_col* *beval_col-variable*
1145v:beval_col The number of the column, over which the mouse pointer is.
1146 This is the byte index in the |v:beval_lnum| line.
1147 Only valid while evaluating the 'balloonexpr' option.
1148
1149 *v:beval_bufnr* *beval_bufnr-variable*
1150v:beval_bufnr The number of the buffer, over which the mouse pointer is. Only
1151 valid while evaluating the 'balloonexpr' option.
1152
1153 *v:beval_lnum* *beval_lnum-variable*
1154v:beval_lnum The number of the line, over which the mouse pointer is. Only
1155 valid while evaluating the 'balloonexpr' option.
1156
1157 *v:beval_text* *beval_text-variable*
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00001158v:beval_text The text under or after the mouse pointer. Usually a word as
1159 it is useful for debugging a C program. 'iskeyword' applies,
1160 but a dot and "->" before the position is included. When on a
1161 ']' the text before it is used, including the matching '[' and
Bram Moolenaare4efc3b2005-03-07 23:16:51 +00001162 word before it. When on a Visual area within one line the
1163 highlighted text is used.
1164 Only valid while evaluating the 'balloonexpr' option.
1165
1166 *v:beval_winnr* *beval_winnr-variable*
1167v:beval_winnr The number of the window, over which the mouse pointer is. Only
1168 valid while evaluating the 'balloonexpr' option.
1169
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001170 *v:charconvert_from* *charconvert_from-variable*
1171v:charconvert_from
1172 The name of the character encoding of a file to be converted.
1173 Only valid while evaluating the 'charconvert' option.
1174
1175 *v:charconvert_to* *charconvert_to-variable*
1176v:charconvert_to
1177 The name of the character encoding of a file after conversion.
1178 Only valid while evaluating the 'charconvert' option.
1179
1180 *v:cmdarg* *cmdarg-variable*
1181v:cmdarg This variable is used for two purposes:
1182 1. The extra arguments given to a file read/write command.
1183 Currently these are "++enc=" and "++ff=". This variable is
1184 set before an autocommand event for a file read/write
1185 command is triggered. There is a leading space to make it
1186 possible to append this variable directly after the
1187 read/write command. Note: The "+cmd" argument isn't
1188 included here, because it will be executed anyway.
1189 2. When printing a PostScript file with ":hardcopy" this is
1190 the argument for the ":hardcopy" command. This can be used
1191 in 'printexpr'.
1192
1193 *v:cmdbang* *cmdbang-variable*
1194v:cmdbang Set like v:cmdarg for a file read/write command. When a "!"
1195 was used the value is 1, otherwise it is 0. Note that this
1196 can only be used in autocommands. For user commands |<bang>|
1197 can be used.
1198
1199 *v:count* *count-variable*
1200v:count The count given for the last Normal mode command. Can be used
1201 to get the count before a mapping. Read-only. Example: >
1202 :map _x :<C-U>echo "the count is " . v:count<CR>
1203< Note: The <C-U> is required to remove the line range that you
1204 get when typing ':' after a count.
1205 "count" also works, for backwards compatibility.
1206
1207 *v:count1* *count1-variable*
1208v:count1 Just like "v:count", but defaults to one when no count is
1209 used.
1210
1211 *v:ctype* *ctype-variable*
1212v:ctype The current locale setting for characters of the runtime
1213 environment. This allows Vim scripts to be aware of the
1214 current locale encoding. Technical: it's the value of
1215 LC_CTYPE. When not using a locale the value is "C".
1216 This variable can not be set directly, use the |:language|
1217 command.
1218 See |multi-lang|.
1219
1220 *v:dying* *dying-variable*
1221v:dying Normally zero. When a deadly signal is caught it's set to
1222 one. When multiple signals are caught the number increases.
1223 Can be used in an autocommand to check if Vim didn't
1224 terminate normally. {only works on Unix}
1225 Example: >
1226 :au VimLeave * if v:dying | echo "\nAAAAaaaarrrggghhhh!!!\n" | endif
1227<
1228 *v:errmsg* *errmsg-variable*
1229v:errmsg Last given error message. It's allowed to set this variable.
1230 Example: >
1231 :let v:errmsg = ""
1232 :silent! next
1233 :if v:errmsg != ""
1234 : ... handle error
1235< "errmsg" also works, for backwards compatibility.
1236
1237 *v:exception* *exception-variable*
1238v:exception The value of the exception most recently caught and not
1239 finished. See also |v:throwpoint| and |throw-variables|.
1240 Example: >
1241 :try
1242 : throw "oops"
1243 :catch /.*/
1244 : echo "caught" v:exception
1245 :endtry
1246< Output: "caught oops".
1247
Bram Moolenaar19a09a12005-03-04 23:39:37 +00001248 *v:fcs_reason* *fcs_reason-variable*
1249v:fcs_reason The reason why the |FileChangedShell| event was triggered.
1250 Can be used in an autocommand to decide what to do and/or what
1251 to set v:fcs_choice to. Possible values:
1252 deleted file no longer exists
1253 conflict file contents, mode or timestamp was
1254 changed and buffer is modified
1255 changed file contents has changed
1256 mode mode of file changed
1257 time only file timestamp changed
1258
1259 *v:fcs_choice* *fcs_choice-variable*
1260v:fcs_choice What should happen after a |FileChangedShell| event was
1261 triggered. Can be used in an autocommand to tell Vim what to
1262 do with the affected buffer:
1263 reload Reload the buffer (does not work if
1264 the file was deleted).
1265 ask Ask the user what to do, as if there
1266 was no autocommand. Except that when
1267 only the timestamp changed nothing
1268 will happen.
1269 <empty> Nothing, the autocommand should do
1270 everything that needs to be done.
1271 The default is empty. If another (invalid) value is used then
1272 Vim behaves like it is empty, there is no warning message.
1273
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001274 *v:fname_in* *fname_in-variable*
1275v:fname_in The name of the input file. Only valid while evaluating:
1276 option used for ~
1277 'charconvert' file to be converted
1278 'diffexpr' original file
1279 'patchexpr' original file
1280 'printexpr' file to be printed
1281
1282 *v:fname_out* *fname_out-variable*
1283v:fname_out The name of the output file. Only valid while
1284 evaluating:
1285 option used for ~
1286 'charconvert' resulting converted file (*)
1287 'diffexpr' output of diff
1288 'patchexpr' resulting patched file
1289 (*) When doing conversion for a write command (e.g., ":w
1290 file") it will be equal to v:fname_in. When doing conversion
1291 for a read command (e.g., ":e file") it will be a temporary
1292 file and different from v:fname_in.
1293
1294 *v:fname_new* *fname_new-variable*
1295v:fname_new The name of the new version of the file. Only valid while
1296 evaluating 'diffexpr'.
1297
1298 *v:fname_diff* *fname_diff-variable*
1299v:fname_diff The name of the diff (patch) file. Only valid while
1300 evaluating 'patchexpr'.
1301
1302 *v:folddashes* *folddashes-variable*
1303v:folddashes Used for 'foldtext': dashes representing foldlevel of a closed
1304 fold.
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001305 Read-only in the |sandbox|. |fold-foldtext|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001306
1307 *v:foldlevel* *foldlevel-variable*
1308v:foldlevel Used for 'foldtext': foldlevel of closed fold.
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001309 Read-only in the |sandbox|. |fold-foldtext|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001310
1311 *v:foldend* *foldend-variable*
1312v:foldend Used for 'foldtext': last line of closed fold.
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001313 Read-only in the |sandbox|. |fold-foldtext|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001314
1315 *v:foldstart* *foldstart-variable*
1316v:foldstart Used for 'foldtext': first line of closed fold.
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001317 Read-only in the |sandbox|. |fold-foldtext|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001318
Bram Moolenaar843ee412004-06-30 16:16:41 +00001319 *v:insertmode* *insertmode-variable*
1320v:insertmode Used for the |InsertEnter| and |InsertChange| autocommand
1321 events. Values:
1322 i Insert mode
1323 r Replace mode
1324 v Virtual Replace mode
1325
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001326 *v:key* *key-variable*
1327v:key Key of the current item of a Dictionary. Only valid while
1328 evaluating the expression used with |map()| and |filter()|.
1329 Read-only.
1330
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001331 *v:lang* *lang-variable*
1332v:lang The current locale setting for messages of the runtime
1333 environment. This allows Vim scripts to be aware of the
1334 current language. Technical: it's the value of LC_MESSAGES.
1335 The value is system dependent.
1336 This variable can not be set directly, use the |:language|
1337 command.
1338 It can be different from |v:ctype| when messages are desired
1339 in a different language than what is used for character
1340 encoding. See |multi-lang|.
1341
1342 *v:lc_time* *lc_time-variable*
1343v:lc_time The current locale setting for time messages of the runtime
1344 environment. This allows Vim scripts to be aware of the
1345 current language. Technical: it's the value of LC_TIME.
1346 This variable can not be set directly, use the |:language|
1347 command. See |multi-lang|.
1348
1349 *v:lnum* *lnum-variable*
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001350v:lnum Line number for the 'foldexpr' |fold-expr| and 'indentexpr'
1351 expressions. Only valid while one of these expressions is
1352 being evaluated. Read-only when in the |sandbox|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001353
1354 *v:prevcount* *prevcount-variable*
1355v:prevcount The count given for the last but one Normal mode command.
1356 This is the v:count value of the previous command. Useful if
1357 you want to cancel Visual mode and then use the count. >
1358 :vmap % <Esc>:call MyFilter(v:prevcount)<CR>
1359< Read-only.
1360
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00001361 *v:profiling* *profiling-variable*
1362v:profiling Normally zero. Set to one after using ":profile start".
1363 See |profiling|.
1364
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001365 *v:progname* *progname-variable*
1366v:progname Contains the name (with path removed) with which Vim was
1367 invoked. Allows you to do special initialisations for "view",
1368 "evim" etc., or any other name you might symlink to Vim.
1369 Read-only.
1370
1371 *v:register* *register-variable*
1372v:register The name of the register supplied to the last normal mode
1373 command. Empty if none were supplied. |getreg()| |setreg()|
1374
1375 *v:servername* *servername-variable*
1376v:servername The resulting registered |x11-clientserver| name if any.
1377 Read-only.
1378
1379 *v:shell_error* *shell_error-variable*
1380v:shell_error Result of the last shell command. When non-zero, the last
1381 shell command had an error. When zero, there was no problem.
1382 This only works when the shell returns the error code to Vim.
1383 The value -1 is often used when the command could not be
1384 executed. Read-only.
1385 Example: >
1386 :!mv foo bar
1387 :if v:shell_error
1388 : echo 'could not rename "foo" to "bar"!'
1389 :endif
1390< "shell_error" also works, for backwards compatibility.
1391
1392 *v:statusmsg* *statusmsg-variable*
1393v:statusmsg Last given status message. It's allowed to set this variable.
1394
1395 *v:termresponse* *termresponse-variable*
1396v:termresponse The escape sequence returned by the terminal for the |t_RV|
1397 termcap entry. It is set when Vim receives an escape sequence
1398 that starts with ESC [ or CSI and ends in a 'c', with only
1399 digits, ';' and '.' in between.
1400 When this option is set, the TermResponse autocommand event is
1401 fired, so that you can react to the response from the
1402 terminal.
1403 The response from a new xterm is: "<Esc>[ Pp ; Pv ; Pc c". Pp
1404 is the terminal type: 0 for vt100 and 1 for vt220. Pv is the
1405 patch level (since this was introduced in patch 95, it's
1406 always 95 or bigger). Pc is always zero.
1407 {only when compiled with |+termresponse| feature}
1408
1409 *v:this_session* *this_session-variable*
1410v:this_session Full filename of the last loaded or saved session file. See
1411 |:mksession|. It is allowed to set this variable. When no
1412 session file has been saved, this variable is empty.
1413 "this_session" also works, for backwards compatibility.
1414
1415 *v:throwpoint* *throwpoint-variable*
1416v:throwpoint The point where the exception most recently caught and not
1417 finished was thrown. Not set when commands are typed. See
1418 also |v:exception| and |throw-variables|.
1419 Example: >
1420 :try
1421 : throw "oops"
1422 :catch /.*/
1423 : echo "Exception from" v:throwpoint
1424 :endtry
1425< Output: "Exception from test.vim, line 2"
1426
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001427 *v:val* *val-variable*
1428v:val Value of the current item of a List or Dictionary. Only valid
1429 while evaluating the expression used with |map()| and
1430 |filter()|. Read-only.
1431
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001432 *v:version* *version-variable*
1433v:version Version number of Vim: Major version number times 100 plus
1434 minor version number. Version 5.0 is 500. Version 5.1 (5.01)
1435 is 501. Read-only. "version" also works, for backwards
1436 compatibility.
1437 Use |has()| to check if a certain patch was included, e.g.: >
1438 if has("patch123")
1439< Note that patch numbers are specific to the version, thus both
1440 version 5.0 and 5.1 may have a patch 123, but these are
1441 completely different.
1442
1443 *v:warningmsg* *warningmsg-variable*
1444v:warningmsg Last given warning message. It's allowed to set this variable.
1445
1446==============================================================================
14474. Builtin Functions *functions*
1448
1449See |function-list| for a list grouped by what the function is used for.
1450
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00001451(Use CTRL-] on the function name to jump to the full explanation.)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001452
1453USAGE RESULT DESCRIPTION ~
1454
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001455add( {list}, {item}) List append {item} to List {list}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001456append( {lnum}, {string}) Number append {string} below line {lnum}
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00001457append( {lnum}, {list}) Number append lines {list} below line {lnum}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001458argc() Number number of files in the argument list
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001459argidx() Number current index in the argument list
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001460argv( {nr}) String {nr} entry of the argument list
1461browse( {save}, {title}, {initdir}, {default})
1462 String put up a file requester
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001463browsedir( {title}, {initdir}) String put up a directory requester
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001464bufexists( {expr}) Number TRUE if buffer {expr} exists
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001465buflisted( {expr}) Number TRUE if buffer {expr} is listed
1466bufloaded( {expr}) Number TRUE if buffer {expr} is loaded
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001467bufname( {expr}) String Name of the buffer {expr}
1468bufnr( {expr}) Number Number of the buffer {expr}
1469bufwinnr( {expr}) Number window number of buffer {expr}
1470byte2line( {byte}) Number line number at byte count {byte}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001471byteidx( {expr}, {nr}) Number byte index of {nr}'th char in {expr}
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001472call( {func}, {arglist} [, {dict}])
1473 any call {func} with arguments {arglist}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001474char2nr( {expr}) Number ASCII value of first char in {expr}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001475cindent( {lnum}) Number C indent for line {lnum}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001476col( {expr}) Number column nr of cursor or mark
1477confirm( {msg} [, {choices} [, {default} [, {type}]]])
1478 Number number of choice picked by user
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001479copy( {expr}) any make a shallow copy of {expr}
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00001480count( {list}, {expr} [, {start} [, {ic}]])
1481 Number count how many {expr} are in {list}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001482cscope_connection( [{num} , {dbpath} [, {prepend}]])
1483 Number checks existence of cscope connection
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001484cursor( {lnum}, {col}) Number position cursor at {lnum}, {col}
1485deepcopy( {expr}) any make a full copy of {expr}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001486delete( {fname}) Number delete file {fname}
1487did_filetype() Number TRUE if FileType autocommand event used
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001488diff_filler( {lnum}) Number diff filler lines about {lnum}
1489diff_hlID( {lnum}, {col}) Number diff highlighting at {lnum}/{col}
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00001490empty( {expr}) Number TRUE if {expr} is empty
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001491escape( {string}, {chars}) String escape {chars} in {string} with '\'
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00001492eval( {string}) any evaluate {string} into its value
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001493eventhandler( ) Number TRUE if inside an event handler
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001494executable( {expr}) Number 1 if executable {expr} exists
1495exists( {expr}) Number TRUE if {expr} exists
1496expand( {expr}) String expand special keywords in {expr}
1497filereadable( {file}) Number TRUE if {file} is a readable file
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001498filter( {expr}, {string}) List/Dict remove items from {expr} where
1499 {string} is 0
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00001500finddir( {name}[, {path}[, {count}]])
1501 String Find directory {name} in {path}
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00001502findfile( {name}[, {path}[, {count}]])
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00001503 String Find file {name} in {path}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001504filewritable( {file}) Number TRUE if {file} is a writable file
1505fnamemodify( {fname}, {mods}) String modify file name
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001506foldclosed( {lnum}) Number first line of fold at {lnum} if closed
1507foldclosedend( {lnum}) Number last line of fold at {lnum} if closed
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001508foldlevel( {lnum}) Number fold level at {lnum}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001509foldtext( ) String line displayed for closed fold
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001510foreground( ) Number bring the Vim window to the foreground
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001511function( {name}) Funcref reference to function {name}
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001512get( {list}, {idx} [, {def}]) any get item {idx} from {list} or {def}
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001513get( {dict}, {key} [, {def}]) any get item {key} from {dict} or {def}
Bram Moolenaar45360022005-07-21 21:08:21 +00001514getbufline( {expr}, {lnum} [, {end}])
1515 List lines {lnum} to {end} of buffer {expr}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001516getchar( [expr]) Number get one character from the user
1517getcharmod( ) Number modifiers for the last typed character
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001518getbufvar( {expr}, {varname}) variable {varname} in buffer {expr}
1519getcmdline() String return the current command-line
1520getcmdpos() Number return cursor position in command-line
1521getcwd() String the current working directory
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00001522getfperm( {fname}) String file permissions of file {fname}
1523getfsize( {fname}) Number size in bytes of file {fname}
Bram Moolenaard8b0cf12004-12-12 11:33:30 +00001524getfontname( [{name}]) String name of font being used
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001525getftime( {fname}) Number last modification time of file
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00001526getftype( {fname}) String description of type of file {fname}
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00001527getline( {lnum}) String line {lnum} of current buffer
1528getline( {lnum}, {end}) List lines {lnum} to {end} of current buffer
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00001529getqflist() List list of quickfix items
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00001530getreg( [{regname} [, 1]]) String contents of register
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001531getregtype( [{regname}]) String type of register
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001532getwinposx() Number X coord in pixels of GUI Vim window
1533getwinposy() Number Y coord in pixels of GUI Vim window
1534getwinvar( {nr}, {varname}) variable {varname} in window {nr}
1535glob( {expr}) String expand file wildcards in {expr}
1536globpath( {path}, {expr}) String do glob({expr}) for all dirs in {path}
1537has( {feature}) Number TRUE if feature {feature} supported
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001538has_key( {dict}, {key}) Number TRUE if {dict} has entry {key}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001539hasmapto( {what} [, {mode}]) Number TRUE if mapping to {what} exists
1540histadd( {history},{item}) String add an item to a history
1541histdel( {history} [, {item}]) String remove an item from a history
1542histget( {history} [, {index}]) String get the item {index} from a history
1543histnr( {history}) Number highest index of a history
1544hlexists( {name}) Number TRUE if highlight group {name} exists
1545hlID( {name}) Number syntax ID of highlight group {name}
1546hostname() String name of the machine Vim is running on
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001547iconv( {expr}, {from}, {to}) String convert encoding of {expr}
1548indent( {lnum}) Number indent of line {lnum}
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00001549index( {list}, {expr} [, {start} [, {ic}]])
1550 Number index in {list} where {expr} appears
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001551input( {prompt} [, {text}]) String get input from the user
1552inputdialog( {p} [, {t} [, {c}]]) String like input() but in a GUI dialog
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001553inputrestore() Number restore typeahead
1554inputsave() Number save and clear typeahead
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001555inputsecret( {prompt} [, {text}]) String like input() but hiding the text
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001556insert( {list}, {item} [, {idx}]) List insert {item} in {list} [before {idx}]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001557isdirectory( {directory}) Number TRUE if {directory} is a directory
Bram Moolenaar2ce06f62005-01-31 19:19:04 +00001558islocked( {expr}) Number TRUE if {expr} is locked
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00001559items( {dict}) List List of key-value pairs in {dict}
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00001560join( {list} [, {sep}]) String join {list} items into one String
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00001561keys( {dict}) List List of keys in {dict}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001562len( {expr}) Number the length of {expr}
1563libcall( {lib}, {func}, {arg}) String call {func} in library {lib} with {arg}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001564libcallnr( {lib}, {func}, {arg}) Number idem, but return a Number
1565line( {expr}) Number line nr of cursor, last line or mark
1566line2byte( {lnum}) Number byte count of line {lnum}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001567lispindent( {lnum}) Number Lisp indent for line {lnum}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001568localtime() Number current time
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001569map( {expr}, {string}) List/Dict change each item in {expr} to {expr}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001570maparg( {name}[, {mode}]) String rhs of mapping {name} in mode {mode}
1571mapcheck( {name}[, {mode}]) String check for mappings matching {name}
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00001572match( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001573 Number position where {pat} matches in {expr}
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00001574matchend( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001575 Number position where {pat} ends in {expr}
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00001576matchlist( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])
1577 List match and submatches of {pat} in {expr}
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00001578matchstr( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])
1579 String {count}'th match of {pat} in {expr}
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00001580max({list}) Number maximum value of items in {list}
1581min({list}) Number minumum value of items in {list}
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00001582mkdir({name} [, {path} [, {prot}]])
1583 Number create directory {name}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001584mode() String current editing mode
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001585nextnonblank( {lnum}) Number line nr of non-blank line >= {lnum}
1586nr2char( {expr}) String single char with ASCII value {expr}
1587prevnonblank( {lnum}) Number line nr of non-blank line <= {lnum}
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00001588range( {expr} [, {max} [, {stride}]])
1589 List items from {expr} to {max}
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00001590readfile({fname} [, {binary} [, {max}]])
1591 List get list of lines from file {fname}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001592remote_expr( {server}, {string} [, {idvar}])
1593 String send expression
1594remote_foreground( {server}) Number bring Vim server to the foreground
1595remote_peek( {serverid} [, {retvar}])
1596 Number check for reply string
1597remote_read( {serverid}) String read reply string
1598remote_send( {server}, {string} [, {idvar}])
1599 String send key sequence
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00001600remove( {list}, {idx} [, {end}]) any remove items {idx}-{end} from {list}
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00001601remove( {dict}, {key}) any remove entry {key} from {dict}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001602rename( {from}, {to}) Number rename (move) file from {from} to {to}
1603repeat( {expr}, {count}) String repeat {expr} {count} times
1604resolve( {filename}) String get filename a shortcut points to
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001605reverse( {list}) List reverse {list} in-place
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001606search( {pattern} [, {flags}]) Number search for {pattern}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001607searchpair( {start}, {middle}, {end} [, {flags} [, {skip}]])
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001608 Number search for other end of start/end pair
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001609server2client( {clientid}, {string})
1610 Number send reply string
1611serverlist() String get a list of available servers
1612setbufvar( {expr}, {varname}, {val}) set {varname} in buffer {expr} to {val}
1613setcmdpos( {pos}) Number set cursor position in command-line
1614setline( {lnum}, {line}) Number set line {lnum} to {line}
Bram Moolenaar35c54e52005-05-20 21:25:31 +00001615setqflist( {list}[, {action}]) Number set list of quickfix items using {list}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001616setreg( {n}, {v}[, {opt}]) Number set register to value and type
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001617setwinvar( {nr}, {varname}, {val}) set {varname} in window {nr} to {val}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001618simplify( {filename}) String simplify filename as much as possible
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001619sort( {list} [, {func}]) List sort {list}, using {func} to compare
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00001620soundfold( {word}) String sound-fold {word}
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00001621spellbadword() String badly spelled word at cursor
1622spellsuggest({word} [, {max}]) List spelling suggestions
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00001623split( {expr} [, {pat} [, {keepempty}]])
1624 List make List from {pat} separated {expr}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001625strftime( {format}[, {time}]) String time in specified format
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00001626stridx( {haystack}, {needle}[, {start}])
1627 Number index of {needle} in {haystack}
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00001628string( {expr}) String String representation of {expr} value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001629strlen( {expr}) Number length of the String {expr}
1630strpart( {src}, {start}[, {len}])
1631 String {len} characters of {src} at {start}
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00001632strridx( {haystack}, {needle} [, {start}])
1633 Number last index of {needle} in {haystack}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001634strtrans( {expr}) String translate string to make it printable
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001635submatch( {nr}) String specific match in ":substitute"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001636substitute( {expr}, {pat}, {sub}, {flags})
1637 String all {pat} in {expr} replaced with {sub}
Bram Moolenaar47136d72004-10-12 20:02:24 +00001638synID( {lnum}, {col}, {trans}) Number syntax ID at {lnum} and {col}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001639synIDattr( {synID}, {what} [, {mode}])
1640 String attribute {what} of syntax ID {synID}
1641synIDtrans( {synID}) Number translated syntax ID of {synID}
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00001642system( {expr} [, {input}]) String output of shell command/filter {expr}
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00001643taglist({expr}) List list of tags matching {expr}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001644tempname() String name for a temporary file
1645tolower( {expr}) String the String {expr} switched to lowercase
1646toupper( {expr}) String the String {expr} switched to uppercase
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001647tr( {src}, {fromstr}, {tostr}) String translate chars of {src} in {fromstr}
1648 to chars in {tostr}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001649type( {name}) Number type of variable {name}
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00001650values( {dict}) List List of values in {dict}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001651virtcol( {expr}) Number screen column of cursor or mark
1652visualmode( [expr]) String last visual mode used
1653winbufnr( {nr}) Number buffer number of window {nr}
1654wincol() Number window column of the cursor
1655winheight( {nr}) Number height of window {nr}
1656winline() Number window line of the cursor
1657winnr() Number number of current window
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001658winrestcmd() String returns command to restore window sizes
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001659winwidth( {nr}) Number width of window {nr}
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00001660writefile({list}, {fname} [, {binary}])
1661 Number write list of lines to file {fname}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001662
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001663add({list}, {expr}) *add()*
1664 Append the item {expr} to List {list}. Returns the resulting
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00001665 List. Examples: >
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001666 :let alist = add([1, 2, 3], item)
1667 :call add(mylist, "woodstock")
1668< Note that when {expr} is a List it is appended as a single
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001669 item. Use |extend()| to concatenate Lists.
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00001670 Use |insert()| to add an item at another position.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001671
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001672
1673append({lnum}, {expr}) *append()*
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +00001674 When {expr} is a List: Append each item of the List as a text
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001675 line below line {lnum} in the current buffer.
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +00001676 Otherwise append {expr} as one text line below line {lnum} in
1677 the current buffer.
1678 {lnum} can be zero to insert a line before the first one.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001679 Returns 1 for failure ({lnum} out of range or out of memory),
1680 0 for success. Example: >
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001681 :let failed = append(line('$'), "# THE END")
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001682 :let failed = append(0, ["Chapter 1", "the beginning"])
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001683<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001684 *argc()*
1685argc() The result is the number of files in the argument list of the
1686 current window. See |arglist|.
1687
1688 *argidx()*
1689argidx() The result is the current index in the argument list. 0 is
1690 the first file. argc() - 1 is the last one. See |arglist|.
1691
1692 *argv()*
1693argv({nr}) The result is the {nr}th file in the argument list of the
1694 current window. See |arglist|. "argv(0)" is the first one.
1695 Example: >
1696 :let i = 0
1697 :while i < argc()
1698 : let f = escape(argv(i), '. ')
1699 : exe 'amenu Arg.' . f . ' :e ' . f . '<CR>'
1700 : let i = i + 1
1701 :endwhile
1702<
1703 *browse()*
1704browse({save}, {title}, {initdir}, {default})
1705 Put up a file requester. This only works when "has("browse")"
1706 returns non-zero (only in some GUI versions).
1707 The input fields are:
1708 {save} when non-zero, select file to write
1709 {title} title for the requester
1710 {initdir} directory to start browsing in
1711 {default} default file name
1712 When the "Cancel" button is hit, something went wrong, or
1713 browsing is not possible, an empty string is returned.
1714
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001715 *browsedir()*
1716browsedir({title}, {initdir})
1717 Put up a directory requester. This only works when
1718 "has("browse")" returns non-zero (only in some GUI versions).
1719 On systems where a directory browser is not supported a file
1720 browser is used. In that case: select a file in the directory
1721 to be used.
1722 The input fields are:
1723 {title} title for the requester
1724 {initdir} directory to start browsing in
1725 When the "Cancel" button is hit, something went wrong, or
1726 browsing is not possible, an empty string is returned.
1727
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001728bufexists({expr}) *bufexists()*
1729 The result is a Number, which is non-zero if a buffer called
1730 {expr} exists.
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00001731 If the {expr} argument is a number, buffer numbers are used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001732 If the {expr} argument is a string it must match a buffer name
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00001733 exactly. The name can be:
1734 - Relative to the current directory.
1735 - A full path.
1736 - The name of a buffer with 'filetype' set to "nofile".
1737 - A URL name.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001738 Unlisted buffers will be found.
1739 Note that help files are listed by their short name in the
1740 output of |:buffers|, but bufexists() requires using their
1741 long name to be able to find them.
1742 Use "bufexists(0)" to test for the existence of an alternate
1743 file name.
1744 *buffer_exists()*
1745 Obsolete name: buffer_exists().
1746
1747buflisted({expr}) *buflisted()*
1748 The result is a Number, which is non-zero if a buffer called
1749 {expr} exists and is listed (has the 'buflisted' option set).
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00001750 The {expr} argument is used like with |bufexists()|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001751
1752bufloaded({expr}) *bufloaded()*
1753 The result is a Number, which is non-zero if a buffer called
1754 {expr} exists and is loaded (shown in a window or hidden).
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00001755 The {expr} argument is used like with |bufexists()|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001756
1757bufname({expr}) *bufname()*
1758 The result is the name of a buffer, as it is displayed by the
1759 ":ls" command.
1760 If {expr} is a Number, that buffer number's name is given.
1761 Number zero is the alternate buffer for the current window.
1762 If {expr} is a String, it is used as a |file-pattern| to match
1763 with the buffer names. This is always done like 'magic' is
1764 set and 'cpoptions' is empty. When there is more than one
1765 match an empty string is returned.
1766 "" or "%" can be used for the current buffer, "#" for the
1767 alternate buffer.
1768 A full match is preferred, otherwise a match at the start, end
1769 or middle of the buffer name is accepted.
1770 Listed buffers are found first. If there is a single match
1771 with a listed buffer, that one is returned. Next unlisted
1772 buffers are searched for.
1773 If the {expr} is a String, but you want to use it as a buffer
1774 number, force it to be a Number by adding zero to it: >
1775 :echo bufname("3" + 0)
1776< If the buffer doesn't exist, or doesn't have a name, an empty
1777 string is returned. >
1778 bufname("#") alternate buffer name
1779 bufname(3) name of buffer 3
1780 bufname("%") name of current buffer
1781 bufname("file2") name of buffer where "file2" matches.
1782< *buffer_name()*
1783 Obsolete name: buffer_name().
1784
1785 *bufnr()*
1786bufnr({expr}) The result is the number of a buffer, as it is displayed by
1787 the ":ls" command. For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()|
1788 above. If the buffer doesn't exist, -1 is returned.
1789 bufnr("$") is the last buffer: >
1790 :let last_buffer = bufnr("$")
1791< The result is a Number, which is the highest buffer number
1792 of existing buffers. Note that not all buffers with a smaller
1793 number necessarily exist, because ":bwipeout" may have removed
1794 them. Use bufexists() to test for the existence of a buffer.
1795 *buffer_number()*
1796 Obsolete name: buffer_number().
1797 *last_buffer_nr()*
1798 Obsolete name for bufnr("$"): last_buffer_nr().
1799
1800bufwinnr({expr}) *bufwinnr()*
1801 The result is a Number, which is the number of the first
1802 window associated with buffer {expr}. For the use of {expr},
1803 see |bufname()| above. If buffer {expr} doesn't exist or
1804 there is no such window, -1 is returned. Example: >
1805
1806 echo "A window containing buffer 1 is " . (bufwinnr(1))
1807
1808< The number can be used with |CTRL-W_w| and ":wincmd w"
1809 |:wincmd|.
1810
1811
1812byte2line({byte}) *byte2line()*
1813 Return the line number that contains the character at byte
1814 count {byte} in the current buffer. This includes the
1815 end-of-line character, depending on the 'fileformat' option
1816 for the current buffer. The first character has byte count
1817 one.
1818 Also see |line2byte()|, |go| and |:goto|.
1819 {not available when compiled without the |+byte_offset|
1820 feature}
1821
Bram Moolenaarab79bcb2004-07-18 21:34:53 +00001822byteidx({expr}, {nr}) *byteidx()*
1823 Return byte index of the {nr}'th character in the string
1824 {expr}. Use zero for the first character, it returns zero.
1825 This function is only useful when there are multibyte
1826 characters, otherwise the returned value is equal to {nr}.
1827 Composing characters are counted as a separate character.
1828 Example : >
1829 echo matchstr(str, ".", byteidx(str, 3))
1830< will display the fourth character. Another way to do the
1831 same: >
1832 let s = strpart(str, byteidx(str, 3))
1833 echo strpart(s, 0, byteidx(s, 1))
1834< If there are less than {nr} characters -1 is returned.
1835 If there are exactly {nr} characters the length of the string
1836 is returned.
1837
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001838call({func}, {arglist} [, {dict}]) *call()* *E699*
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00001839 Call function {func} with the items in List {arglist} as
1840 arguments.
1841 {func} can either be a Funcref or the name of a function.
1842 a:firstline and a:lastline are set to the cursor line.
1843 Returns the return value of the called function.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001844 {dict} is for functions with the "dict" attribute. It will be
1845 used to set the local variable "self". |Dictionary-function|
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00001846
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001847char2nr({expr}) *char2nr()*
1848 Return number value of the first char in {expr}. Examples: >
1849 char2nr(" ") returns 32
1850 char2nr("ABC") returns 65
1851< The current 'encoding' is used. Example for "utf-8": >
1852 char2nr("á") returns 225
1853 char2nr("á"[0]) returns 195
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00001854< nr2char() does the opposite.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001855
1856cindent({lnum}) *cindent()*
1857 Get the amount of indent for line {lnum} according the C
1858 indenting rules, as with 'cindent'.
1859 The indent is counted in spaces, the value of 'tabstop' is
1860 relevant. {lnum} is used just like in |getline()|.
1861 When {lnum} is invalid or Vim was not compiled the |+cindent|
1862 feature, -1 is returned.
1863
1864 *col()*
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00001865col({expr}) The result is a Number, which is the byte index of the column
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001866 position given with {expr}. The accepted positions are:
1867 . the cursor position
1868 $ the end of the cursor line (the result is the
1869 number of characters in the cursor line plus one)
1870 'x position of mark x (if the mark is not set, 0 is
1871 returned)
1872 For the screen column position use |virtcol()|.
1873 Note that only marks in the current file can be used.
1874 Examples: >
1875 col(".") column of cursor
1876 col("$") length of cursor line plus one
1877 col("'t") column of mark t
1878 col("'" . markname) column of mark markname
1879< The first column is 1. 0 is returned for an error.
1880 For the cursor position, when 'virtualedit' is active, the
1881 column is one higher if the cursor is after the end of the
1882 line. This can be used to obtain the column in Insert mode: >
1883 :imap <F2> <C-O>:let save_ve = &ve<CR>
1884 \<C-O>:set ve=all<CR>
1885 \<C-O>:echo col(".") . "\n" <Bar>
1886 \let &ve = save_ve<CR>
1887<
1888 *confirm()*
1889confirm({msg} [, {choices} [, {default} [, {type}]]])
1890 Confirm() offers the user a dialog, from which a choice can be
1891 made. It returns the number of the choice. For the first
1892 choice this is 1.
1893 Note: confirm() is only supported when compiled with dialog
1894 support, see |+dialog_con| and |+dialog_gui|.
1895 {msg} is displayed in a |dialog| with {choices} as the
1896 alternatives. When {choices} is missing or empty, "&OK" is
1897 used (and translated).
1898 {msg} is a String, use '\n' to include a newline. Only on
1899 some systems the string is wrapped when it doesn't fit.
1900 {choices} is a String, with the individual choices separated
1901 by '\n', e.g. >
1902 confirm("Save changes?", "&Yes\n&No\n&Cancel")
1903< The letter after the '&' is the shortcut key for that choice.
1904 Thus you can type 'c' to select "Cancel". The shortcut does
1905 not need to be the first letter: >
1906 confirm("file has been modified", "&Save\nSave &All")
1907< For the console, the first letter of each choice is used as
1908 the default shortcut key.
1909 The optional {default} argument is the number of the choice
1910 that is made if the user hits <CR>. Use 1 to make the first
1911 choice the default one. Use 0 to not set a default. If
1912 {default} is omitted, 1 is used.
1913 The optional {type} argument gives the type of dialog. This
1914 is only used for the icon of the Win32 GUI. It can be one of
1915 these values: "Error", "Question", "Info", "Warning" or
1916 "Generic". Only the first character is relevant. When {type}
1917 is omitted, "Generic" is used.
1918 If the user aborts the dialog by pressing <Esc>, CTRL-C,
1919 or another valid interrupt key, confirm() returns 0.
1920
1921 An example: >
1922 :let choice = confirm("What do you want?", "&Apples\n&Oranges\n&Bananas", 2)
1923 :if choice == 0
1924 : echo "make up your mind!"
1925 :elseif choice == 3
1926 : echo "tasteful"
1927 :else
1928 : echo "I prefer bananas myself."
1929 :endif
1930< In a GUI dialog, buttons are used. The layout of the buttons
1931 depends on the 'v' flag in 'guioptions'. If it is included,
1932 the buttons are always put vertically. Otherwise, confirm()
1933 tries to put the buttons in one horizontal line. If they
1934 don't fit, a vertical layout is used anyway. For some systems
1935 the horizontal layout is always used.
1936
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001937 *copy()*
1938copy({expr}) Make a copy of {expr}. For Numbers and Strings this isn't
1939 different from using {expr} directly.
1940 When {expr} is a List a shallow copy is created. This means
1941 that the original List can be changed without changing the
1942 copy, and vise versa. But the items are identical, thus
1943 changing an item changes the contents of both Lists. Also see
1944 |deepcopy()|.
1945
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001946count({comp}, {expr} [, {ic} [, {start}]]) *count()*
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00001947 Return the number of times an item with value {expr} appears
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001948 in List or Dictionary {comp}.
1949 If {start} is given then start with the item with this index.
1950 {start} can only be used with a List.
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00001951 When {ic} is given and it's non-zero then case is ignored.
1952
1953
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001954 *cscope_connection()*
1955cscope_connection([{num} , {dbpath} [, {prepend}]])
1956 Checks for the existence of a |cscope| connection. If no
1957 parameters are specified, then the function returns:
1958 0, if cscope was not available (not compiled in), or
1959 if there are no cscope connections;
1960 1, if there is at least one cscope connection.
1961
1962 If parameters are specified, then the value of {num}
1963 determines how existence of a cscope connection is checked:
1964
1965 {num} Description of existence check
1966 ----- ------------------------------
1967 0 Same as no parameters (e.g., "cscope_connection()").
1968 1 Ignore {prepend}, and use partial string matches for
1969 {dbpath}.
1970 2 Ignore {prepend}, and use exact string matches for
1971 {dbpath}.
1972 3 Use {prepend}, use partial string matches for both
1973 {dbpath} and {prepend}.
1974 4 Use {prepend}, use exact string matches for both
1975 {dbpath} and {prepend}.
1976
1977 Note: All string comparisons are case sensitive!
1978
1979 Examples. Suppose we had the following (from ":cs show"): >
1980
1981 # pid database name prepend path
1982 0 27664 cscope.out /usr/local
1983<
1984 Invocation Return Val ~
1985 ---------- ---------- >
1986 cscope_connection() 1
1987 cscope_connection(1, "out") 1
1988 cscope_connection(2, "out") 0
1989 cscope_connection(3, "out") 0
1990 cscope_connection(3, "out", "local") 1
1991 cscope_connection(4, "out") 0
1992 cscope_connection(4, "out", "local") 0
1993 cscope_connection(4, "cscope.out", "/usr/local") 1
1994<
1995cursor({lnum}, {col}) *cursor()*
1996 Positions the cursor at the column {col} in the line {lnum}.
1997 Does not change the jumplist.
1998 If {lnum} is greater than the number of lines in the buffer,
1999 the cursor will be positioned at the last line in the buffer.
2000 If {lnum} is zero, the cursor will stay in the current line.
2001 If {col} is greater than the number of characters in the line,
2002 the cursor will be positioned at the last character in the
2003 line.
2004 If {col} is zero, the cursor will stay in the current column.
2005
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002006
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +00002007deepcopy({expr}[, {noref}]) *deepcopy()* *E698*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002008 Make a copy of {expr}. For Numbers and Strings this isn't
2009 different from using {expr} directly.
2010 When {expr} is a List a full copy is created. This means
2011 that the original List can be changed without changing the
2012 copy, and vise versa. When an item is a List, a copy for it
2013 is made, recursively. Thus changing an item in the copy does
2014 not change the contents of the original List.
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +00002015 When {noref} is omitted or zero a contained List or Dictionary
2016 is only copied once. All references point to this single
2017 copy. With {noref} set to 1 every occurrence of a List or
2018 Dictionary results in a new copy. This also means that a
2019 cyclic reference causes deepcopy() to fail.
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00002020 *E724*
2021 Nesting is possible up to 100 levels. When there is an item
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +00002022 that refers back to a higher level making a deep copy with
2023 {noref} set to 1 will fail.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002024 Also see |copy()|.
2025
2026delete({fname}) *delete()*
2027 Deletes the file by the name {fname}. The result is a Number,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002028 which is 0 if the file was deleted successfully, and non-zero
2029 when the deletion failed.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002030 Use |remove()| to delete an item from a List.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002031
2032 *did_filetype()*
2033did_filetype() Returns non-zero when autocommands are being executed and the
2034 FileType event has been triggered at least once. Can be used
2035 to avoid triggering the FileType event again in the scripts
2036 that detect the file type. |FileType|
2037 When editing another file, the counter is reset, thus this
2038 really checks if the FileType event has been triggered for the
2039 current buffer. This allows an autocommand that starts
2040 editing another buffer to set 'filetype' and load a syntax
2041 file.
2042
Bram Moolenaar47136d72004-10-12 20:02:24 +00002043diff_filler({lnum}) *diff_filler()*
2044 Returns the number of filler lines above line {lnum}.
2045 These are the lines that were inserted at this point in
2046 another diff'ed window. These filler lines are shown in the
2047 display but don't exist in the buffer.
2048 {lnum} is used like with |getline()|. Thus "." is the current
2049 line, "'m" mark m, etc.
2050 Returns 0 if the current window is not in diff mode.
2051
2052diff_hlID({lnum}, {col}) *diff_hlID()*
2053 Returns the highlight ID for diff mode at line {lnum} column
2054 {col} (byte index). When the current line does not have a
2055 diff change zero is returned.
2056 {lnum} is used like with |getline()|. Thus "." is the current
2057 line, "'m" mark m, etc.
2058 {col} is 1 for the leftmost column, {lnum} is 1 for the first
2059 line.
2060 The highlight ID can be used with |synIDattr()| to obtain
2061 syntax information about the highlighting.
2062
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00002063empty({expr}) *empty()*
2064 Return the Number 1 if {expr} is empty, zero otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002065 A List or Dictionary is empty when it does not have any items.
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00002066 A Number is empty when its value is zero.
2067 For a long List this is much faster then comparing the length
2068 with zero.
2069
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002070escape({string}, {chars}) *escape()*
2071 Escape the characters in {chars} that occur in {string} with a
2072 backslash. Example: >
2073 :echo escape('c:\program files\vim', ' \')
2074< results in: >
2075 c:\\program\ files\\vim
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00002076
2077< *eval()*
2078eval({string}) Evaluate {string} and return the result. Especially useful to
2079 turn the result of |string()| back into the original value.
2080 This works for Numbers, Strings and composites of them.
2081 Also works for Funcrefs that refer to existing functions.
2082
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002083eventhandler() *eventhandler()*
2084 Returns 1 when inside an event handler. That is that Vim got
2085 interrupted while waiting for the user to type a character,
2086 e.g., when dropping a file on Vim. This means interactive
2087 commands cannot be used. Otherwise zero is returned.
2088
2089executable({expr}) *executable()*
2090 This function checks if an executable with the name {expr}
2091 exists. {expr} must be the name of the program without any
Bram Moolenaarf4b8e572004-06-24 15:53:16 +00002092 arguments.
2093 executable() uses the value of $PATH and/or the normal
2094 searchpath for programs. *PATHEXT*
2095 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows the ".exe", ".bat", etc. can
2096 optionally be included. Then the extensions in $PATHEXT are
2097 tried. Thus if "foo.exe" does not exist, "foo.exe.bat" can be
2098 found. If $PATHEXT is not set then ".exe;.com;.bat;.cmd" is
2099 used. A dot by itself can be used in $PATHEXT to try using
2100 the name without an extension. When 'shell' looks like a
2101 Unix shell, then the name is also tried without adding an
2102 extension.
2103 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows it only checks if the file exists and
2104 is not a directory, not if it's really executable.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002105 The result is a Number:
2106 1 exists
2107 0 does not exist
2108 -1 not implemented on this system
2109
2110 *exists()*
2111exists({expr}) The result is a Number, which is non-zero if {expr} is
2112 defined, zero otherwise. The {expr} argument is a string,
2113 which contains one of these:
2114 &option-name Vim option (only checks if it exists,
2115 not if it really works)
2116 +option-name Vim option that works.
2117 $ENVNAME environment variable (could also be
2118 done by comparing with an empty
2119 string)
2120 *funcname built-in function (see |functions|)
2121 or user defined function (see
2122 |user-functions|).
2123 varname internal variable (see
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00002124 |internal-variables|). Also works
2125 for |curly-braces-names|, Dictionary
2126 entries, List items, etc. Beware that
2127 this may cause functions to be
2128 invoked cause an error message for an
2129 invalid expression.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002130 :cmdname Ex command: built-in command, user
2131 command or command modifier |:command|.
2132 Returns:
2133 1 for match with start of a command
2134 2 full match with a command
2135 3 matches several user commands
2136 To check for a supported command
2137 always check the return value to be 2.
2138 #event autocommand defined for this event
2139 #event#pattern autocommand defined for this event and
2140 pattern (the pattern is taken
2141 literally and compared to the
2142 autocommand patterns character by
2143 character)
2144 For checking for a supported feature use |has()|.
2145
2146 Examples: >
2147 exists("&shortname")
2148 exists("$HOSTNAME")
2149 exists("*strftime")
2150 exists("*s:MyFunc")
2151 exists("bufcount")
2152 exists(":Make")
2153 exists("#CursorHold");
2154 exists("#BufReadPre#*.gz")
2155< There must be no space between the symbol (&/$/*/#) and the
2156 name.
2157 Note that the argument must be a string, not the name of the
2158 variable itself! For example: >
2159 exists(bufcount)
2160< This doesn't check for existence of the "bufcount" variable,
2161 but gets the contents of "bufcount", and checks if that
2162 exists.
2163
2164expand({expr} [, {flag}]) *expand()*
2165 Expand wildcards and the following special keywords in {expr}.
2166 The result is a String.
2167
2168 When there are several matches, they are separated by <NL>
2169 characters. [Note: in version 5.0 a space was used, which
2170 caused problems when a file name contains a space]
2171
2172 If the expansion fails, the result is an empty string. A name
2173 for a non-existing file is not included.
2174
2175 When {expr} starts with '%', '#' or '<', the expansion is done
2176 like for the |cmdline-special| variables with their associated
2177 modifiers. Here is a short overview:
2178
2179 % current file name
2180 # alternate file name
2181 #n alternate file name n
2182 <cfile> file name under the cursor
2183 <afile> autocmd file name
2184 <abuf> autocmd buffer number (as a String!)
2185 <amatch> autocmd matched name
2186 <sfile> sourced script file name
2187 <cword> word under the cursor
2188 <cWORD> WORD under the cursor
2189 <client> the {clientid} of the last received
2190 message |server2client()|
2191 Modifiers:
2192 :p expand to full path
2193 :h head (last path component removed)
2194 :t tail (last path component only)
2195 :r root (one extension removed)
2196 :e extension only
2197
2198 Example: >
2199 :let &tags = expand("%:p:h") . "/tags"
2200< Note that when expanding a string that starts with '%', '#' or
2201 '<', any following text is ignored. This does NOT work: >
2202 :let doesntwork = expand("%:h.bak")
2203< Use this: >
2204 :let doeswork = expand("%:h") . ".bak"
2205< Also note that expanding "<cfile>" and others only returns the
2206 referenced file name without further expansion. If "<cfile>"
2207 is "~/.cshrc", you need to do another expand() to have the
2208 "~/" expanded into the path of the home directory: >
2209 :echo expand(expand("<cfile>"))
2210<
2211 There cannot be white space between the variables and the
2212 following modifier. The |fnamemodify()| function can be used
2213 to modify normal file names.
2214
2215 When using '%' or '#', and the current or alternate file name
2216 is not defined, an empty string is used. Using "%:p" in a
2217 buffer with no name, results in the current directory, with a
2218 '/' added.
2219
2220 When {expr} does not start with '%', '#' or '<', it is
2221 expanded like a file name is expanded on the command line.
2222 'suffixes' and 'wildignore' are used, unless the optional
2223 {flag} argument is given and it is non-zero. Names for
2224 non-existing files are included.
2225
2226 Expand() can also be used to expand variables and environment
2227 variables that are only known in a shell. But this can be
2228 slow, because a shell must be started. See |expr-env-expand|.
2229 The expanded variable is still handled like a list of file
2230 names. When an environment variable cannot be expanded, it is
2231 left unchanged. Thus ":echo expand('$FOOBAR')" results in
2232 "$FOOBAR".
2233
2234 See |glob()| for finding existing files. See |system()| for
2235 getting the raw output of an external command.
2236
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002237extend({expr1}, {expr2} [, {expr3}]) *extend()*
2238 {expr1} and {expr2} must be both Lists or both Dictionaries.
2239
2240 If they are Lists: Append {expr2} to {expr1}.
2241 If {expr3} is given insert the items of {expr2} before item
2242 {expr3} in {expr1}. When {expr3} is zero insert before the
2243 first item. When {expr3} is equal to len({expr1}) then
2244 {expr2} is appended.
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002245 Examples: >
2246 :echo sort(extend(mylist, [7, 5]))
2247 :call extend(mylist, [2, 3], 1)
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002248< Use |add()| to concatenate one item to a list. To concatenate
2249 two lists into a new list use the + operator: >
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002250 :let newlist = [1, 2, 3] + [4, 5]
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002251<
2252 If they are Dictionaries:
2253 Add all entries from {expr2} to {expr1}.
2254 If a key exists in both {expr1} and {expr2} then {expr3} is
2255 used to decide what to do:
2256 {expr3} = "keep": keep the value of {expr1}
2257 {expr3} = "force": use the value of {expr2}
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +00002258 {expr3} = "error": give an error message *E737*
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002259 When {expr3} is omitted then "force" is assumed.
2260
2261 {expr1} is changed when {expr2} is not empty. If necessary
2262 make a copy of {expr1} first.
2263 {expr2} remains unchanged.
2264 Returns {expr1}.
2265
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002266
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002267filereadable({file}) *filereadable()*
2268 The result is a Number, which is TRUE when a file with the
2269 name {file} exists, and can be read. If {file} doesn't exist,
2270 or is a directory, the result is FALSE. {file} is any
2271 expression, which is used as a String.
2272 *file_readable()*
2273 Obsolete name: file_readable().
2274
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00002275
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002276filter({expr}, {string}) *filter()*
2277 {expr} must be a List or a Dictionary.
2278 For each item in {expr} evaluate {string} and when the result
2279 is zero remove the item from the List or Dictionary.
2280 Inside {string} |v:val| has the value of the current item.
2281 For a Dictionary |v:key| has the key of the current item.
2282 Examples: >
2283 :call filter(mylist, 'v:val !~ "OLD"')
2284< Removes the items where "OLD" appears. >
2285 :call filter(mydict, 'v:key >= 8')
2286< Removes the items with a key below 8. >
2287 :call filter(var, 0)
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00002288< Removes all the items, thus clears the List or Dictionary.
2289
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002290 Note that {string} is the result of expression and is then
2291 used as an expression again. Often it is good to use a
2292 |literal-string| to avoid having to double backslashes.
2293
2294 The operation is done in-place. If you want a List or
2295 Dictionary to remain unmodified make a copy first: >
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00002296 :let l = filter(copy(mylist), '& =~ "KEEP"')
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002297
2298< Returns {expr}, the List or Dictionary that was filtered.
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00002299
2300
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00002301finddir({name}[, {path}[, {count}]]) *finddir()*
2302 Find directory {name} in {path}.
2303 If {path} is omitted or empty then 'path' is used.
2304 If the optional {count} is given, find {count}'s occurrence of
2305 {name} in {path}.
2306 This is quite similar to the ex-command |:find|.
2307 When the found directory is below the current directory a
2308 relative path is returned. Otherwise a full path is returned.
2309 Example: >
2310 :echo findfile("tags.vim", ".;")
2311< Searches from the current directory upwards until it finds
2312 the file "tags.vim".
2313 {only available when compiled with the +file_in_path feature}
2314
2315findfile({name}[, {path}[, {count}]]) *findfile()*
2316 Just like |finddir()|, but find a file instead of a directory.
2317
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002318filewritable({file}) *filewritable()*
2319 The result is a Number, which is 1 when a file with the
2320 name {file} exists, and can be written. If {file} doesn't
2321 exist, or is not writable, the result is 0. If (file) is a
2322 directory, and we can write to it, the result is 2.
2323
2324fnamemodify({fname}, {mods}) *fnamemodify()*
2325 Modify file name {fname} according to {mods}. {mods} is a
2326 string of characters like it is used for file names on the
2327 command line. See |filename-modifiers|.
2328 Example: >
2329 :echo fnamemodify("main.c", ":p:h")
2330< results in: >
2331 /home/mool/vim/vim/src
2332< Note: Environment variables and "~" don't work in {fname}, use
2333 |expand()| first then.
2334
2335foldclosed({lnum}) *foldclosed()*
2336 The result is a Number. If the line {lnum} is in a closed
2337 fold, the result is the number of the first line in that fold.
2338 If the line {lnum} is not in a closed fold, -1 is returned.
2339
2340foldclosedend({lnum}) *foldclosedend()*
2341 The result is a Number. If the line {lnum} is in a closed
2342 fold, the result is the number of the last line in that fold.
2343 If the line {lnum} is not in a closed fold, -1 is returned.
2344
2345foldlevel({lnum}) *foldlevel()*
2346 The result is a Number, which is the foldlevel of line {lnum}
2347 in the current buffer. For nested folds the deepest level is
2348 returned. If there is no fold at line {lnum}, zero is
2349 returned. It doesn't matter if the folds are open or closed.
2350 When used while updating folds (from 'foldexpr') -1 is
2351 returned for lines where folds are still to be updated and the
2352 foldlevel is unknown. As a special case the level of the
2353 previous line is usually available.
2354
2355 *foldtext()*
2356foldtext() Returns a String, to be displayed for a closed fold. This is
2357 the default function used for the 'foldtext' option and should
2358 only be called from evaluating 'foldtext'. It uses the
2359 |v:foldstart|, |v:foldend| and |v:folddashes| variables.
2360 The returned string looks like this: >
2361 +-- 45 lines: abcdef
2362< The number of dashes depends on the foldlevel. The "45" is
2363 the number of lines in the fold. "abcdef" is the text in the
2364 first non-blank line of the fold. Leading white space, "//"
2365 or "/*" and the text from the 'foldmarker' and 'commentstring'
2366 options is removed.
2367 {not available when compiled without the |+folding| feature}
2368
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00002369foldtextresult({lnum}) *foldtextresult()*
2370 Returns the text that is displayed for the closed fold at line
2371 {lnum}. Evaluates 'foldtext' in the appropriate context.
2372 When there is no closed fold at {lnum} an empty string is
2373 returned.
2374 {lnum} is used like with |getline()|. Thus "." is the current
2375 line, "'m" mark m, etc.
2376 Useful when exporting folded text, e.g., to HTML.
2377 {not available when compiled without the |+folding| feature}
2378
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002379 *foreground()*
2380foreground() Move the Vim window to the foreground. Useful when sent from
2381 a client to a Vim server. |remote_send()|
2382 On Win32 systems this might not work, the OS does not always
2383 allow a window to bring itself to the foreground. Use
2384 |remote_foreground()| instead.
2385 {only in the Win32, Athena, Motif and GTK GUI versions and the
2386 Win32 console version}
2387
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002388
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00002389function({name}) *function()* *E700*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002390 Return a Funcref variable that refers to function {name}.
2391 {name} can be a user defined function or an internal function.
2392
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002393
Bram Moolenaar39a58ca2005-06-27 22:42:44 +00002394garbagecollect() *garbagecollect()*
2395 Cleanup unused Lists and Dictionaries that have circular
2396 references. There is hardly ever a need to invoke this
2397 function, as it is automatically done when Vim runs out of
2398 memory or is waiting for the user to press a key after
2399 'updatetime'. Items without circular references are always
2400 freed when they become unused.
2401 This is useful if you have deleted a very big List and/or
2402 Dictionary with circular references in a script that runs for
2403 a long time.
2404
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00002405get({list}, {idx} [, {default}]) *get()*
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002406 Get item {idx} from List {list}. When this item is not
2407 available return {default}. Return zero when {default} is
2408 omitted.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002409get({dict}, {key} [, {default}])
2410 Get item with key {key} from Dictionary {dict}. When this
2411 item is not available return {default}. Return zero when
2412 {default} is omitted.
2413
Bram Moolenaar45360022005-07-21 21:08:21 +00002414 *getbufline()*
2415getbufline({expr}, {lnum} [, {end}])
2416 Return the lines starting from {lnum} to {end} in the buffer
2417 {expr} as a List. If {end} is omitted, only the line {lnum}
2418 is returned.
2419
2420 For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()| above.
2421
2422 When {lnum} is a String that doesn't start with a
2423 digit, line() is called to translate the String into a Number.
2424
2425 {end} is used in the same way as {lnum}.
2426
2427 When {lnum} is smaller than 1 or bigger than the number of
2428 lines in the buffer, an empty List is returned.
2429
2430 When {end} is greater than the number of lines in the buffer,
2431 it is treated as {end} is set to the number of lines in the
2432 buffer.
2433
2434 When non-existing line ranges are specified, an empty List is
2435 returned. When {end} is before {lnum} an empty List is
2436 returned.
2437
2438 This function works only for loaded buffers. For unloaded and
2439 non-existing buffers, an empty List is returned.
2440
2441 Example: >
2442 :let lines = getbufline(bufnr("myfile"), 1, "$")
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002443
2444getbufvar({expr}, {varname}) *getbufvar()*
2445 The result is the value of option or local buffer variable
2446 {varname} in buffer {expr}. Note that the name without "b:"
2447 must be used.
Bram Moolenaar4317d9b2005-03-18 20:25:31 +00002448 This also works for a global or buffer-local option, but it
2449 doesn't work for a global variable, window-local variable or
2450 window-local option.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002451 For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()| above.
2452 When the buffer or variable doesn't exist an empty string is
2453 returned, there is no error message.
2454 Examples: >
2455 :let bufmodified = getbufvar(1, "&mod")
2456 :echo "todo myvar = " . getbufvar("todo", "myvar")
2457<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002458getchar([expr]) *getchar()*
2459 Get a single character from the user. If it is an 8-bit
2460 character, the result is a number. Otherwise a String is
2461 returned with the encoded character. For a special key it's a
2462 sequence of bytes starting with 0x80 (decimal: 128).
2463 If [expr] is omitted, wait until a character is available.
2464 If [expr] is 0, only get a character when one is available.
2465 If [expr] is 1, only check if a character is available, it is
2466 not consumed. If a normal character is
2467 available, it is returned, otherwise a
2468 non-zero value is returned.
2469 If a normal character available, it is returned as a Number.
2470 Use nr2char() to convert it to a String.
2471 The returned value is zero if no character is available.
2472 The returned value is a string of characters for special keys
2473 and when a modifier (shift, control, alt) was used.
2474 There is no prompt, you will somehow have to make clear to the
2475 user that a character has to be typed.
2476 There is no mapping for the character.
2477 Key codes are replaced, thus when the user presses the <Del>
2478 key you get the code for the <Del> key, not the raw character
2479 sequence. Examples: >
2480 getchar() == "\<Del>"
2481 getchar() == "\<S-Left>"
2482< This example redefines "f" to ignore case: >
2483 :nmap f :call FindChar()<CR>
2484 :function FindChar()
2485 : let c = nr2char(getchar())
2486 : while col('.') < col('$') - 1
2487 : normal l
2488 : if getline('.')[col('.') - 1] ==? c
2489 : break
2490 : endif
2491 : endwhile
2492 :endfunction
2493
2494getcharmod() *getcharmod()*
2495 The result is a Number which is the state of the modifiers for
2496 the last obtained character with getchar() or in another way.
2497 These values are added together:
2498 2 shift
2499 4 control
2500 8 alt (meta)
2501 16 mouse double click
2502 32 mouse triple click
2503 64 mouse quadruple click
2504 128 Macintosh only: command
2505 Only the modifiers that have not been included in the
2506 character itself are obtained. Thus Shift-a results in "A"
2507 with no modifier.
2508
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002509getcmdline() *getcmdline()*
2510 Return the current command-line. Only works when the command
2511 line is being edited, thus requires use of |c_CTRL-\_e| or
2512 |c_CTRL-R_=|.
2513 Example: >
2514 :cmap <F7> <C-\>eescape(getcmdline(), ' \')<CR>
2515< Also see |getcmdpos()| and |setcmdpos()|.
2516
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00002517getcmdpos() *getcmdpos()*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002518 Return the position of the cursor in the command line as a
2519 byte count. The first column is 1.
2520 Only works when editing the command line, thus requires use of
2521 |c_CTRL-\_e| or |c_CTRL-R_=|. Returns 0 otherwise.
2522 Also see |setcmdpos()| and |getcmdline()|.
2523
2524 *getcwd()*
2525getcwd() The result is a String, which is the name of the current
2526 working directory.
2527
2528getfsize({fname}) *getfsize()*
2529 The result is a Number, which is the size in bytes of the
2530 given file {fname}.
2531 If {fname} is a directory, 0 is returned.
2532 If the file {fname} can't be found, -1 is returned.
2533
Bram Moolenaard8b0cf12004-12-12 11:33:30 +00002534getfontname([{name}]) *getfontname()*
2535 Without an argument returns the name of the normal font being
2536 used. Like what is used for the Normal highlight group
2537 |hl-Normal|.
2538 With an argument a check is done whether {name} is a valid
2539 font name. If not then an empty string is returned.
2540 Otherwise the actual font name is returned, or {name} if the
2541 GUI does not support obtaining the real name.
2542 Only works when the GUI is running, thus not you your vimrc or
2543 Note that the GTK 2 GUI accepts any font name, thus checking
2544 for a valid name does not work.
2545 gvimrc file. Use the |GUIEnter| autocommand to use this
2546 function just after the GUI has started.
2547
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00002548getfperm({fname}) *getfperm()*
2549 The result is a String, which is the read, write, and execute
2550 permissions of the given file {fname}.
2551 If {fname} does not exist or its directory cannot be read, an
2552 empty string is returned.
2553 The result is of the form "rwxrwxrwx", where each group of
2554 "rwx" flags represent, in turn, the permissions of the owner
2555 of the file, the group the file belongs to, and other users.
2556 If a user does not have a given permission the flag for this
2557 is replaced with the string "-". Example: >
2558 :echo getfperm("/etc/passwd")
2559< This will hopefully (from a security point of view) display
2560 the string "rw-r--r--" or even "rw-------".
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00002561
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002562getftime({fname}) *getftime()*
2563 The result is a Number, which is the last modification time of
2564 the given file {fname}. The value is measured as seconds
2565 since 1st Jan 1970, and may be passed to strftime(). See also
2566 |localtime()| and |strftime()|.
2567 If the file {fname} can't be found -1 is returned.
2568
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00002569getftype({fname}) *getftype()*
2570 The result is a String, which is a description of the kind of
2571 file of the given file {fname}.
2572 If {fname} does not exist an empty string is returned.
2573 Here is a table over different kinds of files and their
2574 results:
2575 Normal file "file"
2576 Directory "dir"
2577 Symbolic link "link"
2578 Block device "bdev"
2579 Character device "cdev"
2580 Socket "socket"
2581 FIFO "fifo"
2582 All other "other"
2583 Example: >
2584 getftype("/home")
2585< Note that a type such as "link" will only be returned on
2586 systems that support it. On some systems only "dir" and
2587 "file" are returned.
2588
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002589 *getline()*
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002590getline({lnum} [, {end}])
2591 Without {end} the result is a String, which is line {lnum}
2592 from the current buffer. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002593 getline(1)
2594< When {lnum} is a String that doesn't start with a
2595 digit, line() is called to translate the String into a Number.
2596 To get the line under the cursor: >
2597 getline(".")
2598< When {lnum} is smaller than 1 or bigger than the number of
2599 lines in the buffer, an empty string is returned.
2600
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002601 When {end} is given the result is a List where each item is a
2602 line from the current buffer in the range {lnum} to {end},
2603 including line {end}.
2604 {end} is used in the same way as {lnum}.
2605 Non-existing lines are silently omitted.
Bram Moolenaar45360022005-07-21 21:08:21 +00002606 When {end} is before {lnum} an empty List is returned.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002607 Example: >
2608 :let start = line('.')
2609 :let end = search("^$") - 1
2610 :let lines = getline(start, end)
2611
2612
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00002613getqflist() *getqflist()*
2614 Returns a list with all the current quickfix errors. Each
2615 list item is a dictionary with these entries:
2616 bufnr number of buffer that has the file name, use
2617 bufname() to get the name
2618 lnum line number in the buffer (first line is 1)
2619 col column number (first column is 1)
Bram Moolenaar582fd852005-03-28 20:58:01 +00002620 vcol non-zero: "col" is visual column
2621 zero: "col" is byte index
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00002622 nr error number
2623 text description of the error
2624 type type of the error, 'E', '1', etc.
2625 valid non-zero: recognized error message
2626
2627 Useful application: Find pattern matches in multiple files and
2628 do something with them: >
2629 :vimgrep /theword/jg *.c
2630 :for d in getqflist()
2631 : echo bufname(d.bufnr) ':' d.lnum '=' d.text
2632 :endfor
2633
2634
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00002635getreg([{regname} [, 1]]) *getreg()*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002636 The result is a String, which is the contents of register
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00002637 {regname}. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002638 :let cliptext = getreg('*')
2639< getreg('=') returns the last evaluated value of the expression
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00002640 register. (For use in maps.)
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00002641 getreg('=', 1) returns the expression itself, so that it can
2642 be restored with |setreg()|. For other registers the extra
2643 argument is ignored, thus you can always give it.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002644 If {regname} is not specified, |v:register| is used.
2645
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002646
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002647getregtype([{regname}]) *getregtype()*
2648 The result is a String, which is type of register {regname}.
2649 The value will be one of:
2650 "v" for |characterwise| text
2651 "V" for |linewise| text
2652 "<CTRL-V>{width}" for |blockwise-visual| text
2653 0 for an empty or unknown register
2654 <CTRL-V> is one character with value 0x16.
2655 If {regname} is not specified, |v:register| is used.
2656
2657 *getwinposx()*
2658getwinposx() The result is a Number, which is the X coordinate in pixels of
2659 the left hand side of the GUI Vim window. The result will be
2660 -1 if the information is not available.
2661
2662 *getwinposy()*
2663getwinposy() The result is a Number, which is the Y coordinate in pixels of
2664 the top of the GUI Vim window. The result will be -1 if the
2665 information is not available.
2666
2667getwinvar({nr}, {varname}) *getwinvar()*
2668 The result is the value of option or local window variable
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00002669 {varname} in window {nr}. When {nr} is zero the current
2670 window is used.
Bram Moolenaar4317d9b2005-03-18 20:25:31 +00002671 This also works for a global option, buffer-local option and
2672 window-local option, but it doesn't work for a global variable
2673 or buffer-local variable.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002674 Note that the name without "w:" must be used.
2675 Examples: >
2676 :let list_is_on = getwinvar(2, '&list')
2677 :echo "myvar = " . getwinvar(1, 'myvar')
2678<
2679 *glob()*
2680glob({expr}) Expand the file wildcards in {expr}. The result is a String.
2681 When there are several matches, they are separated by <NL>
2682 characters.
2683 If the expansion fails, the result is an empty string.
2684 A name for a non-existing file is not included.
2685
2686 For most systems backticks can be used to get files names from
2687 any external command. Example: >
2688 :let tagfiles = glob("`find . -name tags -print`")
2689 :let &tags = substitute(tagfiles, "\n", ",", "g")
2690< The result of the program inside the backticks should be one
2691 item per line. Spaces inside an item are allowed.
2692
2693 See |expand()| for expanding special Vim variables. See
2694 |system()| for getting the raw output of an external command.
2695
2696globpath({path}, {expr}) *globpath()*
2697 Perform glob() on all directories in {path} and concatenate
2698 the results. Example: >
2699 :echo globpath(&rtp, "syntax/c.vim")
2700< {path} is a comma-separated list of directory names. Each
2701 directory name is prepended to {expr} and expanded like with
2702 glob(). A path separator is inserted when needed.
2703 To add a comma inside a directory name escape it with a
2704 backslash. Note that on MS-Windows a directory may have a
2705 trailing backslash, remove it if you put a comma after it.
2706 If the expansion fails for one of the directories, there is no
2707 error message.
2708 The 'wildignore' option applies: Names matching one of the
2709 patterns in 'wildignore' will be skipped.
2710
2711 *has()*
2712has({feature}) The result is a Number, which is 1 if the feature {feature} is
2713 supported, zero otherwise. The {feature} argument is a
2714 string. See |feature-list| below.
2715 Also see |exists()|.
2716
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002717
2718has_key({dict}, {key}) *has_key()*
2719 The result is a Number, which is 1 if Dictionary {dict} has an
2720 entry with key {key}. Zero otherwise.
2721
2722
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002723hasmapto({what} [, {mode}]) *hasmapto()*
2724 The result is a Number, which is 1 if there is a mapping that
2725 contains {what} in somewhere in the rhs (what it is mapped to)
2726 and this mapping exists in one of the modes indicated by
2727 {mode}.
2728 Both the global mappings and the mappings local to the current
2729 buffer are checked for a match.
2730 If no matching mapping is found 0 is returned.
2731 The following characters are recognized in {mode}:
2732 n Normal mode
2733 v Visual mode
2734 o Operator-pending mode
2735 i Insert mode
2736 l Language-Argument ("r", "f", "t", etc.)
2737 c Command-line mode
2738 When {mode} is omitted, "nvo" is used.
2739
2740 This function is useful to check if a mapping already exists
2741 to a function in a Vim script. Example: >
2742 :if !hasmapto('\ABCdoit')
2743 : map <Leader>d \ABCdoit
2744 :endif
2745< This installs the mapping to "\ABCdoit" only if there isn't
2746 already a mapping to "\ABCdoit".
2747
2748histadd({history}, {item}) *histadd()*
2749 Add the String {item} to the history {history} which can be
2750 one of: *hist-names*
2751 "cmd" or ":" command line history
2752 "search" or "/" search pattern history
2753 "expr" or "=" typed expression history
2754 "input" or "@" input line history
2755 If {item} does already exist in the history, it will be
2756 shifted to become the newest entry.
2757 The result is a Number: 1 if the operation was successful,
2758 otherwise 0 is returned.
2759
2760 Example: >
2761 :call histadd("input", strftime("%Y %b %d"))
2762 :let date=input("Enter date: ")
2763< This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
2764
2765histdel({history} [, {item}]) *histdel()*
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00002766 Clear {history}, i.e. delete all its entries. See |hist-names|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002767 for the possible values of {history}.
2768
2769 If the parameter {item} is given as String, this is seen
2770 as regular expression. All entries matching that expression
2771 will be removed from the history (if there are any).
2772 Upper/lowercase must match, unless "\c" is used |/\c|.
2773 If {item} is a Number, it will be interpreted as index, see
2774 |:history-indexing|. The respective entry will be removed
2775 if it exists.
2776
2777 The result is a Number: 1 for a successful operation,
2778 otherwise 0 is returned.
2779
2780 Examples:
2781 Clear expression register history: >
2782 :call histdel("expr")
2783<
2784 Remove all entries starting with "*" from the search history: >
2785 :call histdel("/", '^\*')
2786<
2787 The following three are equivalent: >
2788 :call histdel("search", histnr("search"))
2789 :call histdel("search", -1)
2790 :call histdel("search", '^'.histget("search", -1).'$')
2791<
2792 To delete the last search pattern and use the last-but-one for
2793 the "n" command and 'hlsearch': >
2794 :call histdel("search", -1)
2795 :let @/ = histget("search", -1)
2796
2797histget({history} [, {index}]) *histget()*
2798 The result is a String, the entry with Number {index} from
2799 {history}. See |hist-names| for the possible values of
2800 {history}, and |:history-indexing| for {index}. If there is
2801 no such entry, an empty String is returned. When {index} is
2802 omitted, the most recent item from the history is used.
2803
2804 Examples:
2805 Redo the second last search from history. >
2806 :execute '/' . histget("search", -2)
2807
2808< Define an Ex command ":H {num}" that supports re-execution of
2809 the {num}th entry from the output of |:history|. >
2810 :command -nargs=1 H execute histget("cmd", 0+<args>)
2811<
2812histnr({history}) *histnr()*
2813 The result is the Number of the current entry in {history}.
2814 See |hist-names| for the possible values of {history}.
2815 If an error occurred, -1 is returned.
2816
2817 Example: >
2818 :let inp_index = histnr("expr")
2819<
2820hlexists({name}) *hlexists()*
2821 The result is a Number, which is non-zero if a highlight group
2822 called {name} exists. This is when the group has been
2823 defined in some way. Not necessarily when highlighting has
2824 been defined for it, it may also have been used for a syntax
2825 item.
2826 *highlight_exists()*
2827 Obsolete name: highlight_exists().
2828
2829 *hlID()*
2830hlID({name}) The result is a Number, which is the ID of the highlight group
2831 with name {name}. When the highlight group doesn't exist,
2832 zero is returned.
2833 This can be used to retrieve information about the highlight
2834 group. For example, to get the background color of the
2835 "Comment" group: >
2836 :echo synIDattr(synIDtrans(hlID("Comment")), "bg")
2837< *highlightID()*
2838 Obsolete name: highlightID().
2839
2840hostname() *hostname()*
2841 The result is a String, which is the name of the machine on
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00002842 which Vim is currently running. Machine names greater than
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002843 256 characters long are truncated.
2844
2845iconv({expr}, {from}, {to}) *iconv()*
2846 The result is a String, which is the text {expr} converted
2847 from encoding {from} to encoding {to}.
2848 When the conversion fails an empty string is returned.
2849 The encoding names are whatever the iconv() library function
2850 can accept, see ":!man 3 iconv".
2851 Most conversions require Vim to be compiled with the |+iconv|
2852 feature. Otherwise only UTF-8 to latin1 conversion and back
2853 can be done.
2854 This can be used to display messages with special characters,
2855 no matter what 'encoding' is set to. Write the message in
2856 UTF-8 and use: >
2857 echo iconv(utf8_str, "utf-8", &enc)
2858< Note that Vim uses UTF-8 for all Unicode encodings, conversion
2859 from/to UCS-2 is automatically changed to use UTF-8. You
2860 cannot use UCS-2 in a string anyway, because of the NUL bytes.
2861 {only available when compiled with the +multi_byte feature}
2862
2863 *indent()*
2864indent({lnum}) The result is a Number, which is indent of line {lnum} in the
2865 current buffer. The indent is counted in spaces, the value
2866 of 'tabstop' is relevant. {lnum} is used just like in
2867 |getline()|.
2868 When {lnum} is invalid -1 is returned.
2869
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002870
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00002871index({list}, {expr} [, {start} [, {ic}]]) *index()*
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002872 Return the lowest index in List {list} where the item has a
2873 value equal to {expr}.
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +00002874 If {start} is given then start looking at the item with index
2875 {start} (may be negative for an item relative to the end).
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002876 When {ic} is given and it is non-zero, ignore case. Otherwise
2877 case must match.
2878 -1 is returned when {expr} is not found in {list}.
2879 Example: >
2880 :let idx = index(words, "the")
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00002881 :if index(numbers, 123) >= 0
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002882
2883
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002884input({prompt} [, {text}]) *input()*
2885 The result is a String, which is whatever the user typed on
2886 the command-line. The parameter is either a prompt string, or
2887 a blank string (for no prompt). A '\n' can be used in the
2888 prompt to start a new line. The highlighting set with
2889 |:echohl| is used for the prompt. The input is entered just
2890 like a command-line, with the same editing commands and
2891 mappings. There is a separate history for lines typed for
2892 input().
2893 If the optional {text} is present, this is used for the
2894 default reply, as if the user typed this.
2895 NOTE: This must not be used in a startup file, for the
2896 versions that only run in GUI mode (e.g., the Win32 GUI).
2897 Note: When input() is called from within a mapping it will
2898 consume remaining characters from that mapping, because a
2899 mapping is handled like the characters were typed.
2900 Use |inputsave()| before input() and |inputrestore()|
2901 after input() to avoid that. Another solution is to avoid
2902 that further characters follow in the mapping, e.g., by using
2903 |:execute| or |:normal|.
2904
2905 Example: >
2906 :if input("Coffee or beer? ") == "beer"
2907 : echo "Cheers!"
2908 :endif
2909< Example with default text: >
2910 :let color = input("Color? ", "white")
2911< Example with a mapping: >
2912 :nmap \x :call GetFoo()<CR>:exe "/" . Foo<CR>
2913 :function GetFoo()
2914 : call inputsave()
2915 : let g:Foo = input("enter search pattern: ")
2916 : call inputrestore()
2917 :endfunction
2918
2919inputdialog({prompt} [, {text} [, {cancelreturn}]]) *inputdialog()*
2920 Like input(), but when the GUI is running and text dialogs are
2921 supported, a dialog window pops up to input the text.
2922 Example: >
2923 :let n = inputdialog("value for shiftwidth", &sw)
2924 :if n != ""
2925 : let &sw = n
2926 :endif
2927< When the dialog is cancelled {cancelreturn} is returned. When
2928 omitted an empty string is returned.
2929 Hitting <Enter> works like pressing the OK button. Hitting
2930 <Esc> works like pressing the Cancel button.
2931
2932inputrestore() *inputrestore()*
2933 Restore typeahead that was saved with a previous inputsave().
2934 Should be called the same number of times inputsave() is
2935 called. Calling it more often is harmless though.
2936 Returns 1 when there is nothing to restore, 0 otherwise.
2937
2938inputsave() *inputsave()*
2939 Preserve typeahead (also from mappings) and clear it, so that
2940 a following prompt gets input from the user. Should be
2941 followed by a matching inputrestore() after the prompt. Can
2942 be used several times, in which case there must be just as
2943 many inputrestore() calls.
2944 Returns 1 when out of memory, 0 otherwise.
2945
2946inputsecret({prompt} [, {text}]) *inputsecret()*
2947 This function acts much like the |input()| function with but
2948 two exceptions:
2949 a) the user's response will be displayed as a sequence of
2950 asterisks ("*") thereby keeping the entry secret, and
2951 b) the user's response will not be recorded on the input
2952 |history| stack.
2953 The result is a String, which is whatever the user actually
2954 typed on the command-line in response to the issued prompt.
2955
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002956insert({list}, {item} [, {idx}]) *insert()*
2957 Insert {item} at the start of List {list}.
2958 If {idx} is specified insert {item} before the item with index
2959 {idx}. If {idx} is zero it goes before the first item, just
2960 like omitting {idx}. A negative {idx} is also possible, see
2961 |list-index|. -1 inserts just before the last item.
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00002962 Returns the resulting List. Examples: >
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002963 :let mylist = insert([2, 3, 5], 1)
2964 :call insert(mylist, 4, -1)
2965 :call insert(mylist, 6, len(mylist))
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002966< The last example can be done simpler with |add()|.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002967 Note that when {item} is a List it is inserted as a single
2968 item. Use |extend()| to concatenate Lists.
2969
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002970isdirectory({directory}) *isdirectory()*
2971 The result is a Number, which is non-zero when a directory
2972 with the name {directory} exists. If {directory} doesn't
2973 exist, or isn't a directory, the result is FALSE. {directory}
2974 is any expression, which is used as a String.
2975
Bram Moolenaar2ce06f62005-01-31 19:19:04 +00002976islocked({expr}) *islocked()*
2977 The result is a Number, which is non-zero when {expr} is the
2978 name of a locked variable.
2979 {expr} must be the name of a variable, List item or Dictionary
2980 entry, not the variable itself! Example: >
2981 :let alist = [0, ['a', 'b'], 2, 3]
2982 :lockvar 1 alist
2983 :echo islocked('alist') " 1
2984 :echo islocked('alist[1]') " 0
2985
2986< When {expr} is a variable that does not exist you get an error
2987 message. Use |exists()| to check for existance.
2988
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00002989items({dict}) *items()*
2990 Return a List with all the key-value pairs of {dict}. Each
2991 List item is a list with two items: the key of a {dict} entry
2992 and the value of this entry. The List is in arbitrary order.
2993
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00002994
2995join({list} [, {sep}]) *join()*
2996 Join the items in {list} together into one String.
2997 When {sep} is specified it is put in between the items. If
2998 {sep} is omitted a single space is used.
2999 Note that {sep} is not added at the end. You might want to
3000 add it there too: >
3001 let lines = join(mylist, "\n") . "\n"
3002< String items are used as-is. Lists and Dictionaries are
3003 converted into a string like with |string()|.
3004 The opposite function is |split()|.
3005
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003006keys({dict}) *keys()*
3007 Return a List with all the keys of {dict}. The List is in
3008 arbitrary order.
3009
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00003010 *len()* *E701*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003011len({expr}) The result is a Number, which is the length of the argument.
3012 When {expr} is a String or a Number the length in bytes is
3013 used, as with |strlen()|.
3014 When {expr} is a List the number of items in the List is
3015 returned.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00003016 When {expr} is a Dictionary the number of entries in the
3017 Dictionary is returned.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003018 Otherwise an error is given.
3019
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003020 *libcall()* *E364* *E368*
3021libcall({libname}, {funcname}, {argument})
3022 Call function {funcname} in the run-time library {libname}
3023 with single argument {argument}.
3024 This is useful to call functions in a library that you
3025 especially made to be used with Vim. Since only one argument
3026 is possible, calling standard library functions is rather
3027 limited.
3028 The result is the String returned by the function. If the
3029 function returns NULL, this will appear as an empty string ""
3030 to Vim.
3031 If the function returns a number, use libcallnr()!
3032 If {argument} is a number, it is passed to the function as an
3033 int; if {argument} is a string, it is passed as a
3034 null-terminated string.
3035 This function will fail in |restricted-mode|.
3036
3037 libcall() allows you to write your own 'plug-in' extensions to
3038 Vim without having to recompile the program. It is NOT a
3039 means to call system functions! If you try to do so Vim will
3040 very probably crash.
3041
3042 For Win32, the functions you write must be placed in a DLL
3043 and use the normal C calling convention (NOT Pascal which is
3044 used in Windows System DLLs). The function must take exactly
3045 one parameter, either a character pointer or a long integer,
3046 and must return a character pointer or NULL. The character
3047 pointer returned must point to memory that will remain valid
3048 after the function has returned (e.g. in static data in the
3049 DLL). If it points to allocated memory, that memory will
3050 leak away. Using a static buffer in the function should work,
3051 it's then freed when the DLL is unloaded.
3052
3053 WARNING: If the function returns a non-valid pointer, Vim may
3054 crash! This also happens if the function returns a number,
3055 because Vim thinks it's a pointer.
3056 For Win32 systems, {libname} should be the filename of the DLL
3057 without the ".DLL" suffix. A full path is only required if
3058 the DLL is not in the usual places.
3059 For Unix: When compiling your own plugins, remember that the
3060 object code must be compiled as position-independent ('PIC').
3061 {only in Win32 on some Unix versions, when the |+libcall|
3062 feature is present}
3063 Examples: >
3064 :echo libcall("libc.so", "getenv", "HOME")
3065 :echo libcallnr("/usr/lib/libc.so", "getpid", "")
3066<
3067 *libcallnr()*
3068libcallnr({libname}, {funcname}, {argument})
3069 Just like libcall(), but used for a function that returns an
3070 int instead of a string.
3071 {only in Win32 on some Unix versions, when the |+libcall|
3072 feature is present}
3073 Example (not very useful...): >
3074 :call libcallnr("libc.so", "printf", "Hello World!\n")
3075 :call libcallnr("libc.so", "sleep", 10)
3076<
3077 *line()*
3078line({expr}) The result is a Number, which is the line number of the file
3079 position given with {expr}. The accepted positions are:
3080 . the cursor position
3081 $ the last line in the current buffer
3082 'x position of mark x (if the mark is not set, 0 is
3083 returned)
3084 Note that only marks in the current file can be used.
3085 Examples: >
3086 line(".") line number of the cursor
3087 line("'t") line number of mark t
3088 line("'" . marker) line number of mark marker
3089< *last-position-jump*
3090 This autocommand jumps to the last known position in a file
3091 just after opening it, if the '" mark is set: >
3092 :au BufReadPost * if line("'\"") > 0 && line("'\"") <= line("$") | exe "normal g'\"" | endif
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00003093
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003094line2byte({lnum}) *line2byte()*
3095 Return the byte count from the start of the buffer for line
3096 {lnum}. This includes the end-of-line character, depending on
3097 the 'fileformat' option for the current buffer. The first
3098 line returns 1.
3099 This can also be used to get the byte count for the line just
3100 below the last line: >
3101 line2byte(line("$") + 1)
3102< This is the file size plus one.
3103 When {lnum} is invalid, or the |+byte_offset| feature has been
3104 disabled at compile time, -1 is returned.
3105 Also see |byte2line()|, |go| and |:goto|.
3106
3107lispindent({lnum}) *lispindent()*
3108 Get the amount of indent for line {lnum} according the lisp
3109 indenting rules, as with 'lisp'.
3110 The indent is counted in spaces, the value of 'tabstop' is
3111 relevant. {lnum} is used just like in |getline()|.
3112 When {lnum} is invalid or Vim was not compiled the
3113 |+lispindent| feature, -1 is returned.
3114
3115localtime() *localtime()*
3116 Return the current time, measured as seconds since 1st Jan
3117 1970. See also |strftime()| and |getftime()|.
3118
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003119
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00003120map({expr}, {string}) *map()*
3121 {expr} must be a List or a Dictionary.
3122 Replace each item in {expr} with the result of evaluating
3123 {string}.
3124 Inside {string} |v:val| has the value of the current item.
3125 For a Dictionary |v:key| has the key of the current item.
3126 Example: >
3127 :call map(mylist, '"> " . v:val . " <"')
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003128< This puts "> " before and " <" after each item in "mylist".
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00003129
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00003130 Note that {string} is the result of an expression and is then
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00003131 used as an expression again. Often it is good to use a
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00003132 |literal-string| to avoid having to double backslashes. You
3133 still have to double ' quotes
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00003134
3135 The operation is done in-place. If you want a List or
3136 Dictionary to remain unmodified make a copy first: >
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003137 :let tlist = map(copy(mylist), ' & . "\t"')
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00003138
3139< Returns {expr}, the List or Dictionary that was filtered.
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003140
3141
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003142maparg({name}[, {mode}]) *maparg()*
3143 Return the rhs of mapping {name} in mode {mode}. When there
3144 is no mapping for {name}, an empty String is returned.
3145 These characters can be used for {mode}:
3146 "n" Normal
3147 "v" Visual
3148 "o" Operator-pending
3149 "i" Insert
3150 "c" Cmd-line
3151 "l" langmap |language-mapping|
3152 "" Normal, Visual and Operator-pending
3153 When {mode} is omitted, the modes from "" are used.
3154 The {name} can have special key names, like in the ":map"
3155 command. The returned String has special characters
3156 translated like in the output of the ":map" command listing.
3157 The mappings local to the current buffer are checked first,
3158 then the global mappings.
3159
3160mapcheck({name}[, {mode}]) *mapcheck()*
3161 Check if there is a mapping that matches with {name} in mode
3162 {mode}. See |maparg()| for {mode} and special names in
3163 {name}.
3164 A match happens with a mapping that starts with {name} and
3165 with a mapping which is equal to the start of {name}.
3166
3167 matches mapping "a" "ab" "abc" ~
3168 mapcheck("a") yes yes yes
3169 mapcheck("abc") yes yes yes
3170 mapcheck("ax") yes no no
3171 mapcheck("b") no no no
3172
3173 The difference with maparg() is that mapcheck() finds a
3174 mapping that matches with {name}, while maparg() only finds a
3175 mapping for {name} exactly.
3176 When there is no mapping that starts with {name}, an empty
3177 String is returned. If there is one, the rhs of that mapping
3178 is returned. If there are several mappings that start with
3179 {name}, the rhs of one of them is returned.
3180 The mappings local to the current buffer are checked first,
3181 then the global mappings.
3182 This function can be used to check if a mapping can be added
3183 without being ambiguous. Example: >
3184 :if mapcheck("_vv") == ""
3185 : map _vv :set guifont=7x13<CR>
3186 :endif
3187< This avoids adding the "_vv" mapping when there already is a
3188 mapping for "_v" or for "_vvv".
3189
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00003190match({expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]]) *match()*
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003191 When {expr} is a List then this returns the index of the first
3192 item where {pat} matches. Each item is used as a String,
3193 Lists and Dictionaries are used as echoed.
3194 Otherwise, {expr} is used as a String. The result is a
3195 Number, which gives the index (byte offset) in {expr} where
3196 {pat} matches.
3197 A match at the first character or List item returns zero.
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00003198 If there is no match -1 is returned.
3199 Example: >
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003200 :echo match("testing", "ing") " results in 4
3201 :echo match([1, 'x'], '\a') " results in 2
3202< See |string-match| for how {pat} is used.
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003203 *strpbrk()*
3204 Vim doesn't have a strpbrk() function. But you can do: >
3205 :let sepidx = match(line, '[.,;: \t]')
3206< *strcasestr()*
3207 Vim doesn't have a strcasestr() function. But you can add
3208 "\c" to the pattern to ignore case: >
3209 :let idx = match(haystack, '\cneedle')
3210<
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00003211 When {count} is given use the {count}'th match. When a match
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003212 is found in a String the search for the next one starts on
3213 character further. Thus this example results in 1: >
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00003214 echo match("testing", "..", 0, 2)
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003215< In a List the search continues in the next item.
3216
3217 If {start} is given, the search starts from byte index
3218 {start} in a String or item {start} in a List.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003219 The result, however, is still the index counted from the
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00003220 first character/item. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003221 :echo match("testing", "ing", 2)
3222< result is again "4". >
3223 :echo match("testing", "ing", 4)
3224< result is again "4". >
3225 :echo match("testing", "t", 2)
3226< result is "3".
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003227 For a String, if {start} < 0, it will be set to 0. For a list
3228 the index is counted from the end.
3229 If {start} is out of range (> strlen({expr} for a String or
3230 > len({expr} for a List) -1 is returned.
3231
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003232 See |pattern| for the patterns that are accepted.
3233 The 'ignorecase' option is used to set the ignore-caseness of
3234 the pattern. 'smartcase' is NOT used. The matching is always
3235 done like 'magic' is set and 'cpoptions' is empty.
3236
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00003237matchend({expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]]) *matchend()*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003238 Same as match(), but return the index of first character after
3239 the match. Example: >
3240 :echo matchend("testing", "ing")
3241< results in "7".
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003242 *strspn()* *strcspn()*
3243 Vim doesn't have a strspn() or strcspn() function, but you can
3244 do it with matchend(): >
3245 :let span = matchend(line, '[a-zA-Z]')
3246 :let span = matchend(line, '[^a-zA-Z]')
3247< Except that -1 is returned when there are no matches.
3248
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003249 The {start}, if given, has the same meaning as for match(). >
3250 :echo matchend("testing", "ing", 2)
3251< results in "7". >
3252 :echo matchend("testing", "ing", 5)
3253< result is "-1".
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003254 When {expr} is a List the result is equal to match().
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003255
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00003256matchlist({expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]]) *matchlist()*
3257 Same as match(), but return a List. The first item in the
3258 list is the matched string, same as what matchstr() would
3259 return. Following items are submatches, like "\1", "\2", etc.
3260 in |:substitute|.
3261 When there is no match an empty list is returned.
3262
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00003263matchstr({expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]]) *matchstr()*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003264 Same as match(), but return the matched string. Example: >
3265 :echo matchstr("testing", "ing")
3266< results in "ing".
3267 When there is no match "" is returned.
3268 The {start}, if given, has the same meaning as for match(). >
3269 :echo matchstr("testing", "ing", 2)
3270< results in "ing". >
3271 :echo matchstr("testing", "ing", 5)
3272< result is "".
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003273 When {expr} is a List then the matching item is returned.
3274 The type isn't changed, it's not necessarily a String.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003275
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00003276 *max()*
3277max({list}) Return the maximum value of all items in {list}.
3278 If {list} is not a list or one of the items in {list} cannot
3279 be used as a Number this results in an error.
3280 An empty List results in zero.
3281
3282 *min()*
3283min({list}) Return the minumum value of all items in {list}.
3284 If {list} is not a list or one of the items in {list} cannot
3285 be used as a Number this results in an error.
3286 An empty List results in zero.
3287
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00003288 *mkdir()* *E749*
3289mkdir({name} [, {path} [, {prot}]])
3290 Create directory {name}.
3291 If {path} is "p" then intermediate directories are created as
3292 necessary. Otherwise it must be "".
3293 If {prot} is given it is used to set the protection bits of
3294 the new directory. The default is 0755 (rwxr-xr-x: r/w for
3295 the user readable for others). Use 0700 to make it unreadable
3296 for others.
3297 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3298 Not available on all systems. To check use: >
3299 :if exists("*mkdir")
3300<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003301 *mode()*
3302mode() Return a string that indicates the current mode:
3303 n Normal
3304 v Visual by character
3305 V Visual by line
3306 CTRL-V Visual blockwise
3307 s Select by character
3308 S Select by line
3309 CTRL-S Select blockwise
3310 i Insert
3311 R Replace
3312 c Command-line
3313 r Hit-enter prompt
3314 This is useful in the 'statusline' option. In most other
3315 places it always returns "c" or "n".
3316
3317nextnonblank({lnum}) *nextnonblank()*
3318 Return the line number of the first line at or below {lnum}
3319 that is not blank. Example: >
3320 if getline(nextnonblank(1)) =~ "Java"
3321< When {lnum} is invalid or there is no non-blank line at or
3322 below it, zero is returned.
3323 See also |prevnonblank()|.
3324
3325nr2char({expr}) *nr2char()*
3326 Return a string with a single character, which has the number
3327 value {expr}. Examples: >
3328 nr2char(64) returns "@"
3329 nr2char(32) returns " "
3330< The current 'encoding' is used. Example for "utf-8": >
3331 nr2char(300) returns I with bow character
3332< Note that a NUL character in the file is specified with
3333 nr2char(10), because NULs are represented with newline
3334 characters. nr2char(0) is a real NUL and terminates the
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +00003335 string, thus results in an empty string.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003336
3337prevnonblank({lnum}) *prevnonblank()*
3338 Return the line number of the first line at or above {lnum}
3339 that is not blank. Example: >
3340 let ind = indent(prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1))
3341< When {lnum} is invalid or there is no non-blank line at or
3342 above it, zero is returned.
3343 Also see |nextnonblank()|.
3344
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00003345 *E726* *E727*
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003346range({expr} [, {max} [, {stride}]]) *range()*
3347 Returns a List with Numbers:
3348 - If only {expr} is specified: [0, 1, ..., {expr} - 1]
3349 - If {max} is specified: [{expr}, {expr} + 1, ..., {max}]
3350 - If {stride} is specified: [{expr}, {expr} + {stride}, ...,
3351 {max}] (increasing {expr} with {stride} each time, not
3352 producing a value past {max}).
Bram Moolenaare7566042005-06-17 22:00:15 +00003353 When the maximum is one before the start the result is an
3354 empty list. When the maximum is more than one before the
3355 start this is an error.
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003356 Examples: >
3357 range(4) " [0, 1, 2, 3]
3358 range(2, 4) " [2, 3, 4]
3359 range(2, 9, 3) " [2, 5, 8]
3360 range(2, -2, -1) " [2, 1, 0, -1, -2]
Bram Moolenaare7566042005-06-17 22:00:15 +00003361 range(0) " []
3362 range(2, 0) " error!
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003363<
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00003364 *readfile()*
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00003365readfile({fname} [, {binary} [, {max}]])
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00003366 Read file {fname} and return a List, each line of the file as
3367 an item. Lines broken at NL characters. Macintosh files
3368 separated with CR will result in a single long line (unless a
3369 NL appears somewhere).
3370 When {binary} is equal to "b" binary mode is used:
3371 - When the last line ends in a NL an extra empty list item is
3372 added.
3373 - No CR characters are removed.
3374 Otherwise:
3375 - CR characters that appear before a NL are removed.
3376 - Whether the last line ends in a NL or not does not matter.
3377 All NUL characters are replaced with a NL character.
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00003378 When {max} is given this specifies the maximum number of lines
3379 to be read. Useful if you only want to check the first ten
3380 lines of a file: >
3381 :for line in readfile(fname, '', 10)
3382 : if line =~ 'Date' | echo line | endif
3383 :endfor
Bram Moolenaar582fd852005-03-28 20:58:01 +00003384< When {max} is negative -{max} lines from the end of the file
3385 are returned, or as many as there are.
3386 When {max} is zero the result is an empty list.
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00003387 Note that without {max} the whole file is read into memory.
3388 Also note that there is no recognition of encoding. Read a
3389 file into a buffer if you need to.
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00003390 When the file can't be opened an error message is given and
3391 the result is an empty list.
3392 Also see |writefile()|.
3393
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003394 *remote_expr()* *E449*
3395remote_expr({server}, {string} [, {idvar}])
3396 Send the {string} to {server}. The string is sent as an
3397 expression and the result is returned after evaluation.
3398 If {idvar} is present, it is taken as the name of a
3399 variable and a {serverid} for later use with
3400 remote_read() is stored there.
3401 See also |clientserver| |RemoteReply|.
3402 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3403 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3404 Note: Any errors will cause a local error message to be issued
3405 and the result will be the empty string.
3406 Examples: >
3407 :echo remote_expr("gvim", "2+2")
3408 :echo remote_expr("gvim1", "b:current_syntax")
3409<
3410
3411remote_foreground({server}) *remote_foreground()*
3412 Move the Vim server with the name {server} to the foreground.
3413 This works like: >
3414 remote_expr({server}, "foreground()")
3415< Except that on Win32 systems the client does the work, to work
3416 around the problem that the OS doesn't always allow the server
3417 to bring itself to the foreground.
3418 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3419 {only in the Win32, Athena, Motif and GTK GUI versions and the
3420 Win32 console version}
3421
3422
3423remote_peek({serverid} [, {retvar}]) *remote_peek()*
3424 Returns a positive number if there are available strings
3425 from {serverid}. Copies any reply string into the variable
3426 {retvar} if specified. {retvar} must be a string with the
3427 name of a variable.
3428 Returns zero if none are available.
3429 Returns -1 if something is wrong.
3430 See also |clientserver|.
3431 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3432 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3433 Examples: >
3434 :let repl = ""
3435 :echo "PEEK: ".remote_peek(id, "repl").": ".repl
3436
3437remote_read({serverid}) *remote_read()*
3438 Return the oldest available reply from {serverid} and consume
3439 it. It blocks until a reply is available.
3440 See also |clientserver|.
3441 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3442 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3443 Example: >
3444 :echo remote_read(id)
3445<
3446 *remote_send()* *E241*
3447remote_send({server}, {string} [, {idvar}])
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003448 Send the {string} to {server}. The string is sent as input
3449 keys and the function returns immediately. At the Vim server
3450 the keys are not mapped |:map|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003451 If {idvar} is present, it is taken as the name of a
3452 variable and a {serverid} for later use with
3453 remote_read() is stored there.
3454 See also |clientserver| |RemoteReply|.
3455 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3456 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3457 Note: Any errors will be reported in the server and may mess
3458 up the display.
3459 Examples: >
3460 :echo remote_send("gvim", ":DropAndReply ".file, "serverid").
3461 \ remote_read(serverid)
3462
3463 :autocmd NONE RemoteReply *
3464 \ echo remote_read(expand("<amatch>"))
3465 :echo remote_send("gvim", ":sleep 10 | echo ".
3466 \ 'server2client(expand("<client>"), "HELLO")<CR>')
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003467<
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00003468remove({list}, {idx} [, {end}]) *remove()*
3469 Without {end}: Remove the item at {idx} from List {list} and
3470 return it.
3471 With {end}: Remove items from {idx} to {end} (inclusive) and
3472 return a list with these items. When {idx} points to the same
3473 item as {end} a list with one item is returned. When {end}
3474 points to an item before {idx} this is an error.
3475 See |list-index| for possible values of {idx} and {end}.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003476 Example: >
3477 :echo "last item: " . remove(mylist, -1)
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00003478 :call remove(mylist, 0, 9)
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003479remove({dict}, {key})
3480 Remove the entry from {dict} with key {key}. Example: >
3481 :echo "removed " . remove(dict, "one")
3482< If there is no {key} in {dict} this is an error.
3483
3484 Use |delete()| to remove a file.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003485
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003486rename({from}, {to}) *rename()*
3487 Rename the file by the name {from} to the name {to}. This
3488 should also work to move files across file systems. The
3489 result is a Number, which is 0 if the file was renamed
3490 successfully, and non-zero when the renaming failed.
3491 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3492
Bram Moolenaarab79bcb2004-07-18 21:34:53 +00003493repeat({expr}, {count}) *repeat()*
3494 Repeat {expr} {count} times and return the concatenated
3495 result. Example: >
3496 :let seperator = repeat('-', 80)
3497< When {count} is zero or negative the result is empty.
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00003498 When {expr} is a List the result is {expr} concatenated
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00003499 {count} times. Example: >
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00003500 :let longlist = repeat(['a', 'b'], 3)
3501< Results in ['a', 'b', 'a', 'b', 'a', 'b'].
Bram Moolenaarab79bcb2004-07-18 21:34:53 +00003502
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003503
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003504resolve({filename}) *resolve()* *E655*
3505 On MS-Windows, when {filename} is a shortcut (a .lnk file),
3506 returns the path the shortcut points to in a simplified form.
3507 On Unix, repeat resolving symbolic links in all path
3508 components of {filename} and return the simplified result.
3509 To cope with link cycles, resolving of symbolic links is
3510 stopped after 100 iterations.
3511 On other systems, return the simplified {filename}.
3512 The simplification step is done as by |simplify()|.
3513 resolve() keeps a leading path component specifying the
3514 current directory (provided the result is still a relative
3515 path name) and also keeps a trailing path separator.
3516
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003517 *reverse()*
3518reverse({list}) Reverse the order of items in {list} in-place. Returns
3519 {list}.
3520 If you want a list to remain unmodified make a copy first: >
3521 :let revlist = reverse(copy(mylist))
3522
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003523search({pattern} [, {flags}]) *search()*
3524 Search for regexp pattern {pattern}. The search starts at the
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +00003525 cursor position (you can use |cursor()| to set it).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003526 {flags} is a String, which can contain these character flags:
3527 'b' search backward instead of forward
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00003528 'n' do Not move the cursor
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003529 'w' wrap around the end of the file
3530 'W' don't wrap around the end of the file
3531 If neither 'w' or 'W' is given, the 'wrapscan' option applies.
3532
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00003533 When a match has been found its line number is returned.
3534 The cursor will be positioned at the match, unless the 'n'
3535 flag is used).
3536 If there is no match a 0 is returned and the cursor doesn't
3537 move. No error message is given.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003538
3539 Example (goes over all files in the argument list): >
3540 :let n = 1
3541 :while n <= argc() " loop over all files in arglist
3542 : exe "argument " . n
3543 : " start at the last char in the file and wrap for the
3544 : " first search to find match at start of file
3545 : normal G$
3546 : let flags = "w"
3547 : while search("foo", flags) > 0
3548 : s/foo/bar/g
3549 : let flags = "W"
3550 : endwhile
3551 : update " write the file if modified
3552 : let n = n + 1
3553 :endwhile
3554<
3555 *searchpair()*
3556searchpair({start}, {middle}, {end} [, {flags} [, {skip}]])
3557 Search for the match of a nested start-end pair. This can be
3558 used to find the "endif" that matches an "if", while other
3559 if/endif pairs in between are ignored.
3560 The search starts at the cursor. If a match is found, the
3561 cursor is positioned at it and the line number is returned.
3562 If no match is found 0 or -1 is returned and the cursor
3563 doesn't move. No error message is given.
3564
3565 {start}, {middle} and {end} are patterns, see |pattern|. They
3566 must not contain \( \) pairs. Use of \%( \) is allowed. When
3567 {middle} is not empty, it is found when searching from either
3568 direction, but only when not in a nested start-end pair. A
3569 typical use is: >
3570 searchpair('\<if\>', '\<else\>', '\<endif\>')
3571< By leaving {middle} empty the "else" is skipped.
3572
3573 {flags} are used like with |search()|. Additionally:
3574 'n' do Not move the cursor
3575 'r' Repeat until no more matches found; will find the
3576 outer pair
3577 'm' return number of Matches instead of line number with
3578 the match; will only be > 1 when 'r' is used.
3579
3580 When a match for {start}, {middle} or {end} is found, the
3581 {skip} expression is evaluated with the cursor positioned on
3582 the start of the match. It should return non-zero if this
3583 match is to be skipped. E.g., because it is inside a comment
3584 or a string.
3585 When {skip} is omitted or empty, every match is accepted.
3586 When evaluating {skip} causes an error the search is aborted
3587 and -1 returned.
3588
3589 The value of 'ignorecase' is used. 'magic' is ignored, the
3590 patterns are used like it's on.
3591
3592 The search starts exactly at the cursor. A match with
3593 {start}, {middle} or {end} at the next character, in the
3594 direction of searching, is the first one found. Example: >
3595 if 1
3596 if 2
3597 endif 2
3598 endif 1
3599< When starting at the "if 2", with the cursor on the "i", and
3600 searching forwards, the "endif 2" is found. When starting on
3601 the character just before the "if 2", the "endif 1" will be
3602 found. That's because the "if 2" will be found first, and
3603 then this is considered to be a nested if/endif from "if 2" to
3604 "endif 2".
3605 When searching backwards and {end} is more than one character,
3606 it may be useful to put "\zs" at the end of the pattern, so
3607 that when the cursor is inside a match with the end it finds
3608 the matching start.
3609
3610 Example, to find the "endif" command in a Vim script: >
3611
3612 :echo searchpair('\<if\>', '\<el\%[seif]\>', '\<en\%[dif]\>', 'W',
3613 \ 'getline(".") =~ "^\\s*\""')
3614
3615< The cursor must be at or after the "if" for which a match is
3616 to be found. Note that single-quote strings are used to avoid
3617 having to double the backslashes. The skip expression only
3618 catches comments at the start of a line, not after a command.
3619 Also, a word "en" or "if" halfway a line is considered a
3620 match.
3621 Another example, to search for the matching "{" of a "}": >
3622
3623 :echo searchpair('{', '', '}', 'bW')
3624
3625< This works when the cursor is at or before the "}" for which a
3626 match is to be found. To reject matches that syntax
3627 highlighting recognized as strings: >
3628
3629 :echo searchpair('{', '', '}', 'bW',
3630 \ 'synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 0), "name") =~? "string"')
3631<
3632server2client( {clientid}, {string}) *server2client()*
3633 Send a reply string to {clientid}. The most recent {clientid}
3634 that sent a string can be retrieved with expand("<client>").
3635 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3636 Note:
3637 This id has to be stored before the next command can be
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00003638 received. I.e. before returning from the received command and
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003639 before calling any commands that waits for input.
3640 See also |clientserver|.
3641 Example: >
3642 :echo server2client(expand("<client>"), "HELLO")
3643<
3644serverlist() *serverlist()*
3645 Return a list of available server names, one per line.
3646 When there are no servers or the information is not available
3647 an empty string is returned. See also |clientserver|.
3648 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3649 Example: >
3650 :echo serverlist()
3651<
3652setbufvar({expr}, {varname}, {val}) *setbufvar()*
3653 Set option or local variable {varname} in buffer {expr} to
3654 {val}.
3655 This also works for a global or local window option, but it
3656 doesn't work for a global or local window variable.
3657 For a local window option the global value is unchanged.
3658 For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()| above.
3659 Note that the variable name without "b:" must be used.
3660 Examples: >
3661 :call setbufvar(1, "&mod", 1)
3662 :call setbufvar("todo", "myvar", "foobar")
3663< This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3664
3665setcmdpos({pos}) *setcmdpos()*
3666 Set the cursor position in the command line to byte position
3667 {pos}. The first position is 1.
3668 Use |getcmdpos()| to obtain the current position.
3669 Only works while editing the command line, thus you must use
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003670 |c_CTRL-\_e|, |c_CTRL-R_=| or |c_CTRL-R_CTRL-R| with '='. For
3671 |c_CTRL-\_e| and |c_CTRL-R_CTRL-R| with '=' the position is
3672 set after the command line is set to the expression. For
3673 |c_CTRL-R_=| it is set after evaluating the expression but
3674 before inserting the resulting text.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003675 When the number is too big the cursor is put at the end of the
3676 line. A number smaller than one has undefined results.
3677 Returns 0 when successful, 1 when not editing the command
3678 line.
3679
3680setline({lnum}, {line}) *setline()*
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00003681 Set line {lnum} of the current buffer to {line}.
3682 {lnum} is used like with |getline()|.
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00003683 When {lnum} is just below the last line the {line} will be
3684 added as a new line.
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00003685 If this succeeds, 0 is returned. If this fails (most likely
3686 because {lnum} is invalid) 1 is returned. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003687 :call setline(5, strftime("%c"))
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00003688< When {line} is a List then line {lnum} and following lines
3689 will be set to the items in the list. Example: >
3690 :call setline(5, ['aaa', 'bbb', 'ccc'])
3691< This is equivalent to: >
3692 :for [n, l] in [[5, 6, 7], ['aaa', 'bbb', 'ccc']]
3693 : call setline(n, l)
3694 :endfor
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003695< Note: The '[ and '] marks are not set.
3696
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00003697
Bram Moolenaar35c54e52005-05-20 21:25:31 +00003698setqflist({list} [, {action}]) *setqflist()*
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00003699 Creates a quickfix list using the items in {list}. Each item
3700 in {list} is a dictionary. Non-dictionary items in {list} are
3701 ignored. Each dictionary item can contain the following
3702 entries:
3703
3704 filename name of a file
3705 lnum line number in the file
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00003706 pattern search pattern used to locate the error
Bram Moolenaar582fd852005-03-28 20:58:01 +00003707 col column number
3708 vcol when non-zero: "col" is visual column
3709 when zero: "col" is byte index
3710 nr error number
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00003711 text description of the error
Bram Moolenaar582fd852005-03-28 20:58:01 +00003712 type single-character error type, 'E', 'W', etc.
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00003713
Bram Moolenaar582fd852005-03-28 20:58:01 +00003714 The "col", "vcol", "nr", "type" and "text" entries are
3715 optional. Either "lnum" or "pattern" entry can be used to
3716 locate a matching error line.
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00003717 If the "filename" entry is not present or neither the "lnum"
3718 or "pattern" entries are present, then the item will not be
3719 handled as an error line.
3720 If both "pattern" and "lnum" are present then "pattern" will
3721 be used.
3722
Bram Moolenaar35c54e52005-05-20 21:25:31 +00003723 If {action} is set to 'a', then the items from {list} are
3724 added to the existing quickfix list. If there is no existing
3725 list, then a new list is created. If {action} is set to 'r',
3726 then the items from the current quickfix list are replaced
3727 with the items from {list}. If {action} is not present or is
3728 set to ' ', then a new list is created.
3729
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00003730 Returns zero for success, -1 for failure.
3731
3732 This function can be used to create a quickfix list
3733 independent of the 'errorformat' setting. Use a command like
3734 ":cc 1" to jump to the first position.
3735
3736
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003737 *setreg()*
3738setreg({regname}, {value} [,{options}])
3739 Set the register {regname} to {value}.
3740 If {options} contains "a" or {regname} is upper case,
3741 then the value is appended.
3742 {options} can also contains a register type specification:
3743 "c" or "v" |characterwise| mode
3744 "l" or "V" |linewise| mode
3745 "b" or "<CTRL-V>" |blockwise-visual| mode
3746 If a number immediately follows "b" or "<CTRL-V>" then this is
3747 used as the width of the selection - if it is not specified
3748 then the width of the block is set to the number of characters
3749 in the longest line (counting a <TAB> as 1 character).
3750
3751 If {options} contains no register settings, then the default
3752 is to use character mode unless {value} ends in a <NL>.
3753 Setting the '=' register is not possible.
3754 Returns zero for success, non-zero for failure.
3755
3756 Examples: >
3757 :call setreg(v:register, @*)
3758 :call setreg('*', @%, 'ac')
3759 :call setreg('a', "1\n2\n3", 'b5')
3760
3761< This example shows using the functions to save and restore a
3762 register. >
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00003763 :let var_a = getreg('a', 1)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003764 :let var_amode = getregtype('a')
3765 ....
3766 :call setreg('a', var_a, var_amode)
3767
3768< You can also change the type of a register by appending
3769 nothing: >
3770 :call setreg('a', '', 'al')
3771
3772setwinvar({nr}, {varname}, {val}) *setwinvar()*
3773 Set option or local variable {varname} in window {nr} to
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003774 {val}. When {nr} is zero the current window is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003775 This also works for a global or local buffer option, but it
3776 doesn't work for a global or local buffer variable.
3777 For a local buffer option the global value is unchanged.
3778 Note that the variable name without "w:" must be used.
3779 Examples: >
3780 :call setwinvar(1, "&list", 0)
3781 :call setwinvar(2, "myvar", "foobar")
3782< This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3783
3784simplify({filename}) *simplify()*
3785 Simplify the file name as much as possible without changing
3786 the meaning. Shortcuts (on MS-Windows) or symbolic links (on
3787 Unix) are not resolved. If the first path component in
3788 {filename} designates the current directory, this will be
3789 valid for the result as well. A trailing path separator is
3790 not removed either.
3791 Example: >
3792 simplify("./dir/.././/file/") == "./file/"
3793< Note: The combination "dir/.." is only removed if "dir" is
3794 a searchable directory or does not exist. On Unix, it is also
3795 removed when "dir" is a symbolic link within the same
3796 directory. In order to resolve all the involved symbolic
3797 links before simplifying the path name, use |resolve()|.
3798
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003799
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00003800sort({list} [, {func}]) *sort()* *E702*
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003801 Sort the items in {list} in-place. Returns {list}. If you
3802 want a list to remain unmodified make a copy first: >
3803 :let sortedlist = sort(copy(mylist))
3804< Uses the string representation of each item to sort on.
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003805 Numbers sort after Strings, Lists after Numbers.
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00003806 For sorting text in the current buffer use |:sort|.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003807 When {func} is given and it is one then case is ignored.
3808 When {func} is a Funcref or a function name, this function is
3809 called to compare items. The function is invoked with two
3810 items as argument and must return zero if they are equal, 1 if
3811 the first one sorts after the second one, -1 if the first one
3812 sorts before the second one. Example: >
3813 func MyCompare(i1, i2)
3814 return a:i1 == a:i2 ? 0 : a:i1 > a:i2 ? 1 : -1
3815 endfunc
3816 let sortedlist = sort(mylist, "MyCompare")
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003817<
3818
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003819 *soundfold()*
3820soundfold({word})
3821 Return the sound-folded equivalent of {word}. Uses the first
3822 language in 'spellang' for the current window that supports
Bram Moolenaar42eeac32005-06-29 22:40:58 +00003823 soundfolding. 'spell' must be set. When no sound folding is
3824 possible the {word} is returned unmodified.
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003825 This can be used for making spelling suggestions. Note that
3826 the method can be quite slow.
3827
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003828 *spellbadword()*
3829spellbadword() Return the badly spelled word under or after the cursor.
3830 The cursor is advanced to the start of the bad word.
3831 When no bad word is found in the cursor line an empty String
3832 is returned and the cursor doesn't move.
3833
3834 *spellsuggest()*
3835spellsuggest({word} [, {max}])
3836 Return a List with spelling suggestions to replace {word}.
3837 When {max} is given up to this number of suggestions are
3838 returned. Otherwise up to 25 suggestions are returned.
3839
3840 {word} can be a badly spelled word followed by other text.
3841 This allows for joining two words that were split. The
Bram Moolenaarf461c8e2005-06-25 23:04:51 +00003842 suggestions also include the following text, thus you can
3843 replace a line.
3844
3845 {word} may also be a good word. Similar words will then be
3846 returned. {word} itself is also included, most likely as the
3847 first entry, thus this can be used to check spelling.
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003848
3849 The spelling information for the current window is used. The
Bram Moolenaar42eeac32005-06-29 22:40:58 +00003850 'spell' option must be set and the values of 'spelllang' and
3851 'spellsuggest' are used.
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003852
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003853
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00003854split({expr} [, {pattern} [, {keepempty}]]) *split()*
3855 Make a List out of {expr}. When {pattern} is omitted or empty
3856 each white-separated sequence of characters becomes an item.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003857 Otherwise the string is split where {pattern} matches,
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00003858 removing the matched characters.
3859 When the first or last item is empty it is omitted, unless the
3860 {keepempty} argument is given and it's non-zero.
Bram Moolenaar5c06f8b2005-05-31 22:14:58 +00003861 Other empty items are kept when {pattern} matches at least one
3862 character or when {keepempty} is non-zero.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003863 Example: >
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003864 :let words = split(getline('.'), '\W\+')
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00003865< To split a string in individual characters: >
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00003866 :for c in split(mystring, '\zs')
Bram Moolenaar0cb032e2005-04-23 20:52:00 +00003867< If you want to keep the separator you can also use '\zs': >
3868 :echo split('abc:def:ghi', ':\zs')
3869< ['abc:', 'def:', 'ghi'] ~
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00003870 Splitting a table where the first element can be empty: >
3871 :let items = split(line, ':', 1)
3872< The opposite function is |join()|.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003873
3874
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003875strftime({format} [, {time}]) *strftime()*
3876 The result is a String, which is a formatted date and time, as
3877 specified by the {format} string. The given {time} is used,
3878 or the current time if no time is given. The accepted
3879 {format} depends on your system, thus this is not portable!
3880 See the manual page of the C function strftime() for the
3881 format. The maximum length of the result is 80 characters.
3882 See also |localtime()| and |getftime()|.
3883 The language can be changed with the |:language| command.
3884 Examples: >
3885 :echo strftime("%c") Sun Apr 27 11:49:23 1997
3886 :echo strftime("%Y %b %d %X") 1997 Apr 27 11:53:25
3887 :echo strftime("%y%m%d %T") 970427 11:53:55
3888 :echo strftime("%H:%M") 11:55
3889 :echo strftime("%c", getftime("file.c"))
3890 Show mod time of file.c.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003891< Not available on all systems. To check use: >
3892 :if exists("*strftime")
3893
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00003894stridx({haystack}, {needle} [, {start}]) *stridx()*
3895 The result is a Number, which gives the byte index in
3896 {haystack} of the first occurrence of the String {needle}.
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00003897 If {start} is specified, the search starts at index {start}.
3898 This can be used to find a second match: >
3899 :let comma1 = stridx(line, ",")
3900 :let comma2 = stridx(line, ",", comma1 + 1)
3901< The search is done case-sensitive.
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00003902 For pattern searches use |match()|.
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00003903 -1 is returned if the {needle} does not occur in {haystack}.
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00003904 See also |strridx()|.
3905 Examples: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003906 :echo stridx("An Example", "Example") 3
3907 :echo stridx("Starting point", "Start") 0
3908 :echo stridx("Starting point", "start") -1
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003909< *strstr()* *strchr()*
3910 stridx() works similar to the C function strstr(). When used
3911 with a single character it works similar to strchr().
3912
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003913 *string()*
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003914string({expr}) Return {expr} converted to a String. If {expr} is a Number,
3915 String or a composition of them, then the result can be parsed
3916 back with |eval()|.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003917 {expr} type result ~
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003918 String 'string'
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003919 Number 123
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003920 Funcref function('name')
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003921 List [item, item]
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003922 Dictionary {key: value, key: value}
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003923 Note that in String values the ' character is doubled.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003924
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003925 *strlen()*
3926strlen({expr}) The result is a Number, which is the length of the String
3927 {expr} in bytes. If you want to count the number of
3928 multi-byte characters use something like this: >
3929
3930 :let len = strlen(substitute(str, ".", "x", "g"))
3931
3932< Composing characters are not counted.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003933 If the argument is a Number it is first converted to a String.
3934 For other types an error is given.
3935 Also see |len()|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003936
3937strpart({src}, {start}[, {len}]) *strpart()*
3938 The result is a String, which is part of {src}, starting from
3939 byte {start}, with the length {len}.
3940 When non-existing bytes are included, this doesn't result in
3941 an error, the bytes are simply omitted.
3942 If {len} is missing, the copy continues from {start} till the
3943 end of the {src}. >
3944 strpart("abcdefg", 3, 2) == "de"
3945 strpart("abcdefg", -2, 4) == "ab"
3946 strpart("abcdefg", 5, 4) == "fg"
3947 strpart("abcdefg", 3) == "defg"
3948< Note: To get the first character, {start} must be 0. For
3949 example, to get three bytes under and after the cursor: >
3950 strpart(getline(line(".")), col(".") - 1, 3)
3951<
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00003952strridx({haystack}, {needle} [, {start}]) *strridx()*
3953 The result is a Number, which gives the byte index in
3954 {haystack} of the last occurrence of the String {needle}.
3955 When {start} is specified, matches beyond this index are
3956 ignored. This can be used to find a match before a previous
3957 match: >
3958 :let lastcomma = strridx(line, ",")
3959 :let comma2 = strridx(line, ",", lastcomma - 1)
3960< The search is done case-sensitive.
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00003961 For pattern searches use |match()|.
3962 -1 is returned if the {needle} does not occur in {haystack}.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003963 If the {needle} is empty the length of {haystack} is returned.
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00003964 See also |stridx()|. Examples: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003965 :echo strridx("an angry armadillo", "an") 3
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003966< *strrchr()*
3967 When used with a single character it works similar to the C
3968 function strrchr().
3969
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003970strtrans({expr}) *strtrans()*
3971 The result is a String, which is {expr} with all unprintable
3972 characters translated into printable characters |'isprint'|.
3973 Like they are shown in a window. Example: >
3974 echo strtrans(@a)
3975< This displays a newline in register a as "^@" instead of
3976 starting a new line.
3977
3978submatch({nr}) *submatch()*
3979 Only for an expression in a |:substitute| command. Returns
3980 the {nr}'th submatch of the matched text. When {nr} is 0
3981 the whole matched text is returned.
3982 Example: >
3983 :s/\d\+/\=submatch(0) + 1/
3984< This finds the first number in the line and adds one to it.
3985 A line break is included as a newline character.
3986
3987substitute({expr}, {pat}, {sub}, {flags}) *substitute()*
3988 The result is a String, which is a copy of {expr}, in which
3989 the first match of {pat} is replaced with {sub}. This works
3990 like the ":substitute" command (without any flags). But the
3991 matching with {pat} is always done like the 'magic' option is
3992 set and 'cpoptions' is empty (to make scripts portable).
3993 See |string-match| for how {pat} is used.
3994 And a "~" in {sub} is not replaced with the previous {sub}.
3995 Note that some codes in {sub} have a special meaning
3996 |sub-replace-special|. For example, to replace something with
3997 "\n" (two characters), use "\\\\n" or '\\n'.
3998 When {pat} does not match in {expr}, {expr} is returned
3999 unmodified.
4000 When {flags} is "g", all matches of {pat} in {expr} are
4001 replaced. Otherwise {flags} should be "".
4002 Example: >
4003 :let &path = substitute(&path, ",\\=[^,]*$", "", "")
4004< This removes the last component of the 'path' option. >
4005 :echo substitute("testing", ".*", "\\U\\0", "")
4006< results in "TESTING".
4007
Bram Moolenaar47136d72004-10-12 20:02:24 +00004008synID({lnum}, {col}, {trans}) *synID()*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004009 The result is a Number, which is the syntax ID at the position
Bram Moolenaar47136d72004-10-12 20:02:24 +00004010 {lnum} and {col} in the current window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004011 The syntax ID can be used with |synIDattr()| and
4012 |synIDtrans()| to obtain syntax information about text.
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004013
Bram Moolenaar47136d72004-10-12 20:02:24 +00004014 {col} is 1 for the leftmost column, {lnum} is 1 for the first
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004015 line. 'synmaxcol' applies, in a longer line zero is returned.
4016
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004017 When {trans} is non-zero, transparent items are reduced to the
4018 item that they reveal. This is useful when wanting to know
4019 the effective color. When {trans} is zero, the transparent
4020 item is returned. This is useful when wanting to know which
4021 syntax item is effective (e.g. inside parens).
4022 Warning: This function can be very slow. Best speed is
4023 obtained by going through the file in forward direction.
4024
4025 Example (echoes the name of the syntax item under the cursor): >
4026 :echo synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 1), "name")
4027<
4028synIDattr({synID}, {what} [, {mode}]) *synIDattr()*
4029 The result is a String, which is the {what} attribute of
4030 syntax ID {synID}. This can be used to obtain information
4031 about a syntax item.
4032 {mode} can be "gui", "cterm" or "term", to get the attributes
4033 for that mode. When {mode} is omitted, or an invalid value is
4034 used, the attributes for the currently active highlighting are
4035 used (GUI, cterm or term).
4036 Use synIDtrans() to follow linked highlight groups.
4037 {what} result
4038 "name" the name of the syntax item
4039 "fg" foreground color (GUI: color name used to set
4040 the color, cterm: color number as a string,
4041 term: empty string)
4042 "bg" background color (like "fg")
4043 "fg#" like "fg", but for the GUI and the GUI is
4044 running the name in "#RRGGBB" form
4045 "bg#" like "fg#" for "bg"
4046 "bold" "1" if bold
4047 "italic" "1" if italic
4048 "reverse" "1" if reverse
4049 "inverse" "1" if inverse (= reverse)
4050 "underline" "1" if underlined
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00004051 "undercurl" "1" if undercurled
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004052
4053 Example (echoes the color of the syntax item under the
4054 cursor): >
4055 :echo synIDattr(synIDtrans(synID(line("."), col("."), 1)), "fg")
4056<
4057synIDtrans({synID}) *synIDtrans()*
4058 The result is a Number, which is the translated syntax ID of
4059 {synID}. This is the syntax group ID of what is being used to
4060 highlight the character. Highlight links given with
4061 ":highlight link" are followed.
4062
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00004063system({expr} [, {input}]) *system()* *E677*
4064 Get the output of the shell command {expr}.
4065 When {input} is given, this string is written to a file and
4066 passed as stdin to the command. The string is written as-is,
4067 you need to take care of using the correct line separators
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00004068 yourself. Pipes are not used.
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00004069 Note: newlines in {expr} may cause the command to fail. The
4070 characters in 'shellquote' and 'shellxquote' may also cause
4071 trouble.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004072 This is not to be used for interactive commands.
4073 The result is a String. Example: >
4074
4075 :let files = system("ls")
4076
4077< To make the result more system-independent, the shell output
4078 is filtered to replace <CR> with <NL> for Macintosh, and
4079 <CR><NL> with <NL> for DOS-like systems.
4080 The command executed is constructed using several options:
4081 'shell' 'shellcmdflag' 'shellxquote' {expr} 'shellredir' {tmp} 'shellxquote'
4082 ({tmp} is an automatically generated file name).
4083 For Unix and OS/2 braces are put around {expr} to allow for
4084 concatenated commands.
4085
4086 The resulting error code can be found in |v:shell_error|.
4087 This function will fail in |restricted-mode|.
4088 Unlike ":!cmd" there is no automatic check for changed files.
4089 Use |:checktime| to force a check.
4090
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00004091
4092taglist({expr}) *taglist()*
4093 Returns a list of tags matching the regular expression {expr}.
Bram Moolenaard8c00872005-07-22 21:52:15 +00004094 Each list item is a dictionary with at least the following
4095 entries:
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00004096 name name of the tag.
4097 filename name of the file where the tag is
4098 defined.
4099 cmd Ex command used to locate the tag in
4100 the file.
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00004101 kind type of the tag. The value for this
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00004102 entry depends on the language specific
4103 kind values generated by the ctags
4104 tool.
4105 static a file specific tag. Refer to
4106 |static-tag| for more information.
Bram Moolenaar4317d9b2005-03-18 20:25:31 +00004107 The "kind" entry is only available when using Exuberant ctags
4108 generated tags file. More entries may be present, depending
4109 on the content of the tags file: access, implementation,
4110 inherits and signature. Refer to the ctags documentation for
4111 information about these fields. For C code the fields
4112 "struct", "class" and "enum" may appear, they give the name of
4113 the entity the tag is contained in.
4114
4115 The ex-command 'cmd' can be either an ex search pattern, a
4116 line number or a line number followed by a byte number.
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00004117
4118 If there are no matching tags, then an empty list is returned.
4119
4120 To get an exact tag match, the anchors '^' and '$' should be
4121 used in {expr}. Refer to |tag-regexp| for more information
4122 about the tag search regular expression pattern.
4123
4124 Refer to |'tags'| for information about how the tags file is
4125 located by Vim. Refer to |tags-file-format| for the format of
4126 the tags file generated by the different ctags tools.
4127
4128
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004129tempname() *tempname()* *temp-file-name*
4130 The result is a String, which is the name of a file that
4131 doesn't exist. It can be used for a temporary file. The name
4132 is different for at least 26 consecutive calls. Example: >
4133 :let tmpfile = tempname()
4134 :exe "redir > " . tmpfile
4135< For Unix, the file will be in a private directory (only
4136 accessible by the current user) to avoid security problems
4137 (e.g., a symlink attack or other people reading your file).
4138 When Vim exits the directory and all files in it are deleted.
4139 For MS-Windows forward slashes are used when the 'shellslash'
4140 option is set or when 'shellcmdflag' starts with '-'.
4141
4142tolower({expr}) *tolower()*
4143 The result is a copy of the String given, with all uppercase
4144 characters turned into lowercase (just like applying |gu| to
4145 the string).
4146
4147toupper({expr}) *toupper()*
4148 The result is a copy of the String given, with all lowercase
4149 characters turned into uppercase (just like applying |gU| to
4150 the string).
4151
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00004152tr({src}, {fromstr}, {tostr}) *tr()*
4153 The result is a copy of the {src} string with all characters
4154 which appear in {fromstr} replaced by the character in that
4155 position in the {tostr} string. Thus the first character in
4156 {fromstr} is translated into the first character in {tostr}
4157 and so on. Exactly like the unix "tr" command.
4158 This code also deals with multibyte characters properly.
4159
4160 Examples: >
4161 echo tr("hello there", "ht", "HT")
4162< returns "Hello THere" >
4163 echo tr("<blob>", "<>", "{}")
4164< returns "{blob}"
4165
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00004166 *type()*
4167type({expr}) The result is a Number, depending on the type of {expr}:
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +00004168 Number: 0
4169 String: 1
4170 Funcref: 2
4171 List: 3
4172 Dictionary: 4
4173 To avoid the magic numbers it should be used this way: >
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00004174 :if type(myvar) == type(0)
4175 :if type(myvar) == type("")
4176 :if type(myvar) == type(function("tr"))
4177 :if type(myvar) == type([])
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +00004178 :if type(myvar) == type({})
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004179
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00004180values({dict}) *values()*
4181 Return a List with all the values of {dict}. The List is in
4182 arbitrary order.
4183
4184
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004185virtcol({expr}) *virtcol()*
4186 The result is a Number, which is the screen column of the file
4187 position given with {expr}. That is, the last screen position
4188 occupied by the character at that position, when the screen
4189 would be of unlimited width. When there is a <Tab> at the
4190 position, the returned Number will be the column at the end of
4191 the <Tab>. For example, for a <Tab> in column 1, with 'ts'
4192 set to 8, it returns 8.
4193 For the byte position use |col()|.
4194 When Virtual editing is active in the current mode, a position
4195 beyond the end of the line can be returned. |'virtualedit'|
4196 The accepted positions are:
4197 . the cursor position
4198 $ the end of the cursor line (the result is the
4199 number of displayed characters in the cursor line
4200 plus one)
4201 'x position of mark x (if the mark is not set, 0 is
4202 returned)
4203 Note that only marks in the current file can be used.
4204 Examples: >
4205 virtcol(".") with text "foo^Lbar", with cursor on the "^L", returns 5
4206 virtcol("$") with text "foo^Lbar", returns 9
4207 virtcol("'t") with text " there", with 't at 'h', returns 6
4208< The first column is 1. 0 is returned for an error.
4209
4210visualmode([expr]) *visualmode()*
4211 The result is a String, which describes the last Visual mode
4212 used. Initially it returns an empty string, but once Visual
4213 mode has been used, it returns "v", "V", or "<CTRL-V>" (a
4214 single CTRL-V character) for character-wise, line-wise, or
4215 block-wise Visual mode respectively.
4216 Example: >
4217 :exe "normal " . visualmode()
4218< This enters the same Visual mode as before. It is also useful
4219 in scripts if you wish to act differently depending on the
4220 Visual mode that was used.
4221
4222 If an expression is supplied that results in a non-zero number
4223 or a non-empty string, then the Visual mode will be cleared
4224 and the old value is returned. Note that " " and "0" are also
4225 non-empty strings, thus cause the mode to be cleared.
4226
4227 *winbufnr()*
4228winbufnr({nr}) The result is a Number, which is the number of the buffer
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00004229 associated with window {nr}. When {nr} is zero, the number of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004230 the buffer in the current window is returned. When window
4231 {nr} doesn't exist, -1 is returned.
4232 Example: >
4233 :echo "The file in the current window is " . bufname(winbufnr(0))
4234<
4235 *wincol()*
4236wincol() The result is a Number, which is the virtual column of the
4237 cursor in the window. This is counting screen cells from the
4238 left side of the window. The leftmost column is one.
4239
4240winheight({nr}) *winheight()*
4241 The result is a Number, which is the height of window {nr}.
4242 When {nr} is zero, the height of the current window is
4243 returned. When window {nr} doesn't exist, -1 is returned.
4244 An existing window always has a height of zero or more.
4245 Examples: >
4246 :echo "The current window has " . winheight(0) . " lines."
4247<
4248 *winline()*
4249winline() The result is a Number, which is the screen line of the cursor
4250 in the window. This is counting screen lines from the top of
4251 the window. The first line is one.
4252
4253 *winnr()*
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00004254winnr([{arg}]) The result is a Number, which is the number of the current
4255 window. The top window has number 1.
4256 When the optional argument is "$", the number of the
4257 last window is returnd (the window count).
4258 When the optional argument is "#", the number of the last
4259 accessed window is returned (where |CTRL-W_p| goes to).
4260 If there is no previous window 0 is returned.
4261 The number can be used with |CTRL-W_w| and ":wincmd w"
4262 |:wincmd|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004263
4264 *winrestcmd()*
4265winrestcmd() Returns a sequence of |:resize| commands that should restore
4266 the current window sizes. Only works properly when no windows
4267 are opened or closed and the current window is unchanged.
4268 Example: >
4269 :let cmd = winrestcmd()
4270 :call MessWithWindowSizes()
4271 :exe cmd
4272
4273winwidth({nr}) *winwidth()*
4274 The result is a Number, which is the width of window {nr}.
4275 When {nr} is zero, the width of the current window is
4276 returned. When window {nr} doesn't exist, -1 is returned.
4277 An existing window always has a width of zero or more.
4278 Examples: >
4279 :echo "The current window has " . winwidth(0) . " columns."
4280 :if winwidth(0) <= 50
4281 : exe "normal 50\<C-W>|"
4282 :endif
4283<
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00004284 *writefile()*
4285writefile({list}, {fname} [, {binary}])
4286 Write List {list} to file {fname}. Each list item is
4287 separated with a NL. Each list item must be a String or
4288 Number.
4289 When {binary} is equal to "b" binary mode is used: There will
4290 not be a NL after the last list item. An empty item at the
4291 end does cause the last line in the file to end in a NL.
4292 All NL characters are replaced with a NUL character.
4293 Inserting CR characters needs to be done before passing {list}
4294 to writefile().
4295 An existing file is overwritten, if possible.
4296 When the write fails -1 is returned, otherwise 0. There is an
4297 error message if the file can't be created or when writing
4298 fails.
4299 Also see |readfile()|.
4300 To copy a file byte for byte: >
4301 :let fl = readfile("foo", "b")
4302 :call writefile(fl, "foocopy", "b")
4303<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004304
4305 *feature-list*
4306There are three types of features:
43071. Features that are only supported when they have been enabled when Vim
4308 was compiled |+feature-list|. Example: >
4309 :if has("cindent")
43102. Features that are only supported when certain conditions have been met.
4311 Example: >
4312 :if has("gui_running")
4313< *has-patch*
43143. Included patches. First check |v:version| for the version of Vim.
4315 Then the "patch123" feature means that patch 123 has been included for
4316 this version. Example (checking version 6.2.148 or later): >
4317 :if v:version > 602 || v:version == 602 && has("patch148")
4318
4319all_builtin_terms Compiled with all builtin terminals enabled.
4320amiga Amiga version of Vim.
4321arabic Compiled with Arabic support |Arabic|.
4322arp Compiled with ARP support (Amiga).
4323autocmd Compiled with autocommands support.
4324balloon_eval Compiled with |balloon-eval| support.
Bram Moolenaar45360022005-07-21 21:08:21 +00004325balloon_multiline GUI supports multiline balloons.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004326beos BeOS version of Vim.
4327browse Compiled with |:browse| support, and browse() will
4328 work.
4329builtin_terms Compiled with some builtin terminals.
4330byte_offset Compiled with support for 'o' in 'statusline'
4331cindent Compiled with 'cindent' support.
4332clientserver Compiled with remote invocation support |clientserver|.
4333clipboard Compiled with 'clipboard' support.
4334cmdline_compl Compiled with |cmdline-completion| support.
4335cmdline_hist Compiled with |cmdline-history| support.
4336cmdline_info Compiled with 'showcmd' and 'ruler' support.
4337comments Compiled with |'comments'| support.
4338cryptv Compiled with encryption support |encryption|.
4339cscope Compiled with |cscope| support.
4340compatible Compiled to be very Vi compatible.
4341debug Compiled with "DEBUG" defined.
4342dialog_con Compiled with console dialog support.
4343dialog_gui Compiled with GUI dialog support.
4344diff Compiled with |vimdiff| and 'diff' support.
4345digraphs Compiled with support for digraphs.
4346dnd Compiled with support for the "~ register |quote_~|.
4347dos32 32 bits DOS (DJGPP) version of Vim.
4348dos16 16 bits DOS version of Vim.
4349ebcdic Compiled on a machine with ebcdic character set.
4350emacs_tags Compiled with support for Emacs tags.
4351eval Compiled with expression evaluation support. Always
4352 true, of course!
4353ex_extra Compiled with extra Ex commands |+ex_extra|.
4354extra_search Compiled with support for |'incsearch'| and
4355 |'hlsearch'|
4356farsi Compiled with Farsi support |farsi|.
4357file_in_path Compiled with support for |gf| and |<cfile>|
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00004358filterpipe When 'shelltemp' is off pipes are used for shell
4359 read/write/filter commands
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004360find_in_path Compiled with support for include file searches
4361 |+find_in_path|.
4362fname_case Case in file names matters (for Amiga, MS-DOS, and
4363 Windows this is not present).
4364folding Compiled with |folding| support.
4365footer Compiled with GUI footer support. |gui-footer|
4366fork Compiled to use fork()/exec() instead of system().
4367gettext Compiled with message translation |multi-lang|
4368gui Compiled with GUI enabled.
4369gui_athena Compiled with Athena GUI.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004370gui_gtk Compiled with GTK+ GUI (any version).
4371gui_gtk2 Compiled with GTK+ 2 GUI (gui_gtk is also defined).
Bram Moolenaar843ee412004-06-30 16:16:41 +00004372gui_kde Compiled with KDE GUI |KVim|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004373gui_mac Compiled with Macintosh GUI.
4374gui_motif Compiled with Motif GUI.
4375gui_photon Compiled with Photon GUI.
4376gui_win32 Compiled with MS Windows Win32 GUI.
4377gui_win32s idem, and Win32s system being used (Windows 3.1)
4378gui_running Vim is running in the GUI, or it will start soon.
4379hangul_input Compiled with Hangul input support. |hangul|
4380iconv Can use iconv() for conversion.
4381insert_expand Compiled with support for CTRL-X expansion commands in
4382 Insert mode.
4383jumplist Compiled with |jumplist| support.
4384keymap Compiled with 'keymap' support.
4385langmap Compiled with 'langmap' support.
4386libcall Compiled with |libcall()| support.
4387linebreak Compiled with 'linebreak', 'breakat' and 'showbreak'
4388 support.
4389lispindent Compiled with support for lisp indenting.
4390listcmds Compiled with commands for the buffer list |:files|
4391 and the argument list |arglist|.
4392localmap Compiled with local mappings and abbr. |:map-local|
4393mac Macintosh version of Vim.
4394macunix Macintosh version of Vim, using Unix files (OS-X).
4395menu Compiled with support for |:menu|.
4396mksession Compiled with support for |:mksession|.
4397modify_fname Compiled with file name modifiers. |filename-modifiers|
4398mouse Compiled with support mouse.
4399mouseshape Compiled with support for 'mouseshape'.
4400mouse_dec Compiled with support for Dec terminal mouse.
4401mouse_gpm Compiled with support for gpm (Linux console mouse)
4402mouse_netterm Compiled with support for netterm mouse.
4403mouse_pterm Compiled with support for qnx pterm mouse.
4404mouse_xterm Compiled with support for xterm mouse.
4405multi_byte Compiled with support for editing Korean et al.
4406multi_byte_ime Compiled with support for IME input method.
4407multi_lang Compiled with support for multiple languages.
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00004408mzscheme Compiled with MzScheme interface |mzscheme|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004409netbeans_intg Compiled with support for |netbeans|.
Bram Moolenaar009b2592004-10-24 19:18:58 +00004410netbeans_enabled Compiled with support for |netbeans| and it's used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004411ole Compiled with OLE automation support for Win32.
4412os2 OS/2 version of Vim.
4413osfiletype Compiled with support for osfiletypes |+osfiletype|
4414path_extra Compiled with up/downwards search in 'path' and 'tags'
4415perl Compiled with Perl interface.
4416postscript Compiled with PostScript file printing.
4417printer Compiled with |:hardcopy| support.
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00004418profile Compiled with |:profile| support.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004419python Compiled with Python interface.
4420qnx QNX version of Vim.
4421quickfix Compiled with |quickfix| support.
4422rightleft Compiled with 'rightleft' support.
4423ruby Compiled with Ruby interface |ruby|.
4424scrollbind Compiled with 'scrollbind' support.
4425showcmd Compiled with 'showcmd' support.
4426signs Compiled with |:sign| support.
4427smartindent Compiled with 'smartindent' support.
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00004428sniff Compiled with SNiFF interface support.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004429statusline Compiled with support for 'statusline', 'rulerformat'
4430 and special formats of 'titlestring' and 'iconstring'.
4431sun_workshop Compiled with support for Sun |workshop|.
Bram Moolenaar82cf9b62005-06-07 21:09:25 +00004432spell Compiled with spell checking support |spell|.
4433syntax Compiled with syntax highlighting support |syntax|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004434syntax_items There are active syntax highlighting items for the
4435 current buffer.
4436system Compiled to use system() instead of fork()/exec().
4437tag_binary Compiled with binary searching in tags files
4438 |tag-binary-search|.
4439tag_old_static Compiled with support for old static tags
4440 |tag-old-static|.
4441tag_any_white Compiled with support for any white characters in tags
4442 files |tag-any-white|.
4443tcl Compiled with Tcl interface.
4444terminfo Compiled with terminfo instead of termcap.
4445termresponse Compiled with support for |t_RV| and |v:termresponse|.
4446textobjects Compiled with support for |text-objects|.
4447tgetent Compiled with tgetent support, able to use a termcap
4448 or terminfo file.
4449title Compiled with window title support |'title'|.
4450toolbar Compiled with support for |gui-toolbar|.
4451unix Unix version of Vim.
4452user_commands User-defined commands.
4453viminfo Compiled with viminfo support.
4454vim_starting True while initial source'ing takes place.
4455vertsplit Compiled with vertically split windows |:vsplit|.
4456virtualedit Compiled with 'virtualedit' option.
4457visual Compiled with Visual mode.
4458visualextra Compiled with extra Visual mode commands.
4459 |blockwise-operators|.
4460vms VMS version of Vim.
4461vreplace Compiled with |gR| and |gr| commands.
4462wildignore Compiled with 'wildignore' option.
4463wildmenu Compiled with 'wildmenu' option.
4464windows Compiled with support for more than one window.
4465winaltkeys Compiled with 'winaltkeys' option.
4466win16 Win16 version of Vim (MS-Windows 3.1).
4467win32 Win32 version of Vim (MS-Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/XP).
4468win64 Win64 version of Vim (MS-Windows 64 bit).
4469win32unix Win32 version of Vim, using Unix files (Cygwin)
4470win95 Win32 version for MS-Windows 95/98/ME.
4471writebackup Compiled with 'writebackup' default on.
4472xfontset Compiled with X fontset support |xfontset|.
4473xim Compiled with X input method support |xim|.
4474xsmp Compiled with X session management support.
4475xsmp_interact Compiled with interactive X session management support.
4476xterm_clipboard Compiled with support for xterm clipboard.
4477xterm_save Compiled with support for saving and restoring the
4478 xterm screen.
4479x11 Compiled with X11 support.
4480
4481 *string-match*
4482Matching a pattern in a String
4483
4484A regexp pattern as explained at |pattern| is normally used to find a match in
4485the buffer lines. When a pattern is used to find a match in a String, almost
4486everything works in the same way. The difference is that a String is handled
4487like it is one line. When it contains a "\n" character, this is not seen as a
4488line break for the pattern. It can be matched with a "\n" in the pattern, or
4489with ".". Example: >
4490 :let a = "aaaa\nxxxx"
4491 :echo matchstr(a, "..\n..")
4492 aa
4493 xx
4494 :echo matchstr(a, "a.x")
4495 a
4496 x
4497
4498Don't forget that "^" will only match at the first character of the String and
4499"$" at the last character of the string. They don't match after or before a
4500"\n".
4501
4502==============================================================================
45035. Defining functions *user-functions*
4504
4505New functions can be defined. These can be called just like builtin
4506functions. The function executes a sequence of Ex commands. Normal mode
4507commands can be executed with the |:normal| command.
4508
4509The function name must start with an uppercase letter, to avoid confusion with
4510builtin functions. To prevent from using the same name in different scripts
4511avoid obvious, short names. A good habit is to start the function name with
4512the name of the script, e.g., "HTMLcolor()".
4513
4514It's also possible to use curly braces, see |curly-braces-names|.
4515
4516 *local-function*
4517A function local to a script must start with "s:". A local script function
4518can only be called from within the script and from functions, user commands
4519and autocommands defined in the script. It is also possible to call the
4520function from a mappings defined in the script, but then |<SID>| must be used
4521instead of "s:" when the mapping is expanded outside of the script.
4522
4523 *:fu* *:function* *E128* *E129* *E123*
4524:fu[nction] List all functions and their arguments.
4525
4526:fu[nction] {name} List function {name}.
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004527 {name} can also be a Dictionary entry that is a
4528 Funcref: >
4529 :function dict.init
4530< *E124* *E125*
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00004531:fu[nction][!] {name}([arguments]) [range] [abort] [dict]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004532 Define a new function by the name {name}. The name
4533 must be made of alphanumeric characters and '_', and
4534 must start with a capital or "s:" (see above).
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004535
4536 {name} can also be a Dictionary entry that is a
4537 Funcref: >
4538 :function dict.init(arg)
4539< "dict" must be an existing dictionary. The entry
4540 "init" is added if it didn't exist yet. Otherwise [!]
4541 is required to overwrite an existing function. The
4542 result is a |Funcref| to a numbered function. The
4543 function can only be used with a |Funcref| and will be
4544 deleted if there are no more references to it.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004545 *E127* *E122*
4546 When a function by this name already exists and [!] is
4547 not used an error message is given. When [!] is used,
4548 an existing function is silently replaced. Unless it
4549 is currently being executed, that is an error.
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00004550
4551 For the {arguments} see |function-argument|.
4552
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004553 *a:firstline* *a:lastline*
4554 When the [range] argument is added, the function is
4555 expected to take care of a range itself. The range is
4556 passed as "a:firstline" and "a:lastline". If [range]
4557 is excluded, ":{range}call" will call the function for
4558 each line in the range, with the cursor on the start
4559 of each line. See |function-range-example|.
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004560
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004561 When the [abort] argument is added, the function will
4562 abort as soon as an error is detected.
4563 The last used search pattern and the redo command "."
4564 will not be changed by the function.
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004565
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00004566 When the [dict] argument is added, the function must
4567 be invoked through an entry in a Dictionary. The
4568 local variable "self" will then be set to the
4569 dictionary. See |Dictionary-function|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004570
4571 *:endf* *:endfunction* *E126* *E193*
4572:endf[unction] The end of a function definition. Must be on a line
4573 by its own, without other commands.
4574
4575 *:delf* *:delfunction* *E130* *E131*
4576:delf[unction] {name} Delete function {name}.
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004577 {name} can also be a Dictionary entry that is a
4578 Funcref: >
4579 :delfunc dict.init
4580< This will remove the "init" entry from "dict". The
4581 function is deleted if there are no more references to
4582 it.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004583 *:retu* *:return* *E133*
4584:retu[rn] [expr] Return from a function. When "[expr]" is given, it is
4585 evaluated and returned as the result of the function.
4586 If "[expr]" is not given, the number 0 is returned.
4587 When a function ends without an explicit ":return",
4588 the number 0 is returned.
4589 Note that there is no check for unreachable lines,
4590 thus there is no warning if commands follow ":return".
4591
4592 If the ":return" is used after a |:try| but before the
4593 matching |:finally| (if present), the commands
4594 following the ":finally" up to the matching |:endtry|
4595 are executed first. This process applies to all
4596 nested ":try"s inside the function. The function
4597 returns at the outermost ":endtry".
4598
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00004599 *function-argument* *a:var*
4600An argument can be defined by giving its name. In the function this can then
4601be used as "a:name" ("a:" for argument).
4602 *a:0* *a:1* *a:000* *E740*
4603Up to 20 arguments can be given, separated by commas. After the named
4604arguments an argument "..." can be specified, which means that more arguments
4605may optionally be following. In the function the extra arguments can be used
4606as "a:1", "a:2", etc. "a:0" is set to the number of extra arguments (which
Bram Moolenaar2ce06f62005-01-31 19:19:04 +00004607can be 0). "a:000" is set to a List that contains these arguments. Note that
4608"a:1" is the same as "a:000[0]".
4609 *E742*
4610The a: scope and the variables in it cannot be changed, they are fixed.
4611However, if a List or Dictionary is used, you can changes their contents.
4612Thus you can pass a List to a function and have the function add an item to
4613it. If you want to make sure the function cannot change a List or Dictionary
4614use |:lockvar|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004615
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00004616When not using "...", the number of arguments in a function call must be equal
4617to the number of named arguments. When using "...", the number of arguments
4618may be larger.
4619
4620It is also possible to define a function without any arguments. You must
4621still supply the () then. The body of the function follows in the next lines,
4622until the matching |:endfunction|. It is allowed to define another function
4623inside a function body.
4624
4625 *local-variables*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004626Inside a function variables can be used. These are local variables, which
4627will disappear when the function returns. Global variables need to be
4628accessed with "g:".
4629
4630Example: >
4631 :function Table(title, ...)
4632 : echohl Title
4633 : echo a:title
4634 : echohl None
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00004635 : echo a:0 . " items:"
4636 : for s in a:000
4637 : echon ' ' . s
4638 : endfor
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004639 :endfunction
4640
4641This function can then be called with: >
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00004642 call Table("Table", "line1", "line2")
4643 call Table("Empty Table")
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004644
4645To return more than one value, pass the name of a global variable: >
4646 :function Compute(n1, n2, divname)
4647 : if a:n2 == 0
4648 : return "fail"
4649 : endif
4650 : let g:{a:divname} = a:n1 / a:n2
4651 : return "ok"
4652 :endfunction
4653
4654This function can then be called with: >
4655 :let success = Compute(13, 1324, "div")
4656 :if success == "ok"
4657 : echo div
4658 :endif
4659
4660An alternative is to return a command that can be executed. This also works
4661with local variables in a calling function. Example: >
4662 :function Foo()
4663 : execute Bar()
4664 : echo "line " . lnum . " column " . col
4665 :endfunction
4666
4667 :function Bar()
4668 : return "let lnum = " . line(".") . " | let col = " . col(".")
4669 :endfunction
4670
4671The names "lnum" and "col" could also be passed as argument to Bar(), to allow
4672the caller to set the names.
4673
4674 *:cal* *:call* *E107*
4675:[range]cal[l] {name}([arguments])
4676 Call a function. The name of the function and its arguments
4677 are as specified with |:function|. Up to 20 arguments can be
4678 used.
4679 Without a range and for functions that accept a range, the
4680 function is called once. When a range is given the cursor is
4681 positioned at the start of the first line before executing the
4682 function.
4683 When a range is given and the function doesn't handle it
4684 itself, the function is executed for each line in the range,
4685 with the cursor in the first column of that line. The cursor
4686 is left at the last line (possibly moved by the last function
4687 call). The arguments are re-evaluated for each line. Thus
4688 this works:
4689 *function-range-example* >
4690 :function Mynumber(arg)
4691 : echo line(".") . " " . a:arg
4692 :endfunction
4693 :1,5call Mynumber(getline("."))
4694<
4695 The "a:firstline" and "a:lastline" are defined anyway, they
4696 can be used to do something different at the start or end of
4697 the range.
4698
4699 Example of a function that handles the range itself: >
4700
4701 :function Cont() range
4702 : execute (a:firstline + 1) . "," . a:lastline . 's/^/\t\\ '
4703 :endfunction
4704 :4,8call Cont()
4705<
4706 This function inserts the continuation character "\" in front
4707 of all the lines in the range, except the first one.
4708
4709 *E132*
4710The recursiveness of user functions is restricted with the |'maxfuncdepth'|
4711option.
4712
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004713
4714AUTOMATICALLY LOADING FUNCTIONS ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004715 *autoload-functions*
4716When using many or large functions, it's possible to automatically define them
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004717only when they are used. There are two methods: with an autocommand and with
4718the "autoload" directory in 'runtimepath'.
4719
4720
4721Using an autocommand ~
4722
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00004723This is introduced in the user manual, section |41.14|.
4724
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004725The autocommand is useful if you have a plugin that is a long Vim script file.
4726You can define the autocommand and quickly quit the script with |:finish|.
4727That makes Vim startup faster. The autocommand should then load the same file
4728again, setting a variable to skip the |:finish| command.
4729
4730Use the FuncUndefined autocommand event with a pattern that matches the
4731function(s) to be defined. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004732
4733 :au FuncUndefined BufNet* source ~/vim/bufnetfuncs.vim
4734
4735The file "~/vim/bufnetfuncs.vim" should then define functions that start with
4736"BufNet". Also see |FuncUndefined|.
4737
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004738
4739Using an autoload script ~
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00004740 *autoload* *E746*
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00004741This is introduced in the user manual, section |41.15|.
4742
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004743Using a script in the "autoload" directory is simpler, but requires using
4744exactly the right file name. A function that can be autoloaded has a name
4745like this: >
4746
Bram Moolenaara7fc0102005-05-18 22:17:12 +00004747 :call filename#funcname()
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004748
4749When such a function is called, and it is not defined yet, Vim will search the
4750"autoload" directories in 'runtimepath' for a script file called
4751"filename.vim". For example "~/.vim/autoload/filename.vim". That file should
4752then define the function like this: >
4753
Bram Moolenaara7fc0102005-05-18 22:17:12 +00004754 function filename#funcname()
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004755 echo "Done!"
4756 endfunction
4757
4758The file name and the name used before the colon in the function must match
4759exactly, and the defined function must have the name exactly as it will be
4760called.
4761
Bram Moolenaara7fc0102005-05-18 22:17:12 +00004762It is possible to use subdirectories. Every # in the function name works like
4763a path separator. Thus when calling a function: >
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004764
Bram Moolenaara7fc0102005-05-18 22:17:12 +00004765 :call foo#bar#func()
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004766
4767Vim will look for the file "autoload/foo/bar.vim" in 'runtimepath'.
4768
4769The name before the first colon must be at least two characters long,
4770otherwise it looks like a scope, such as "s:".
4771
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00004772This also works when reading a variable that has not been set yet: >
4773
Bram Moolenaara7fc0102005-05-18 22:17:12 +00004774 :let l = foo#bar#lvar
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00004775
4776When assigning a value to such a variable nothing special happens. This can
4777be used to pass settings to the autoload script before it's loaded: >
4778
Bram Moolenaara7fc0102005-05-18 22:17:12 +00004779 :let foo#bar#toggle = 1
4780 :call foo#bar#func()
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00004781
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +00004782Note that when you make a mistake and call a function that is supposed to be
4783defined in an autoload script, but the script doesn't actually define the
4784function, the script will be sourced every time you try to call the function.
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00004785And you will get an error message every time.
4786
4787Also note that if you have two script files, and one calls a function in the
4788other and vise versa, before the used function is defined, it won't work.
4789Avoid using the autoload functionality at the toplevel.
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004790
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004791==============================================================================
47926. Curly braces names *curly-braces-names*
4793
4794Wherever you can use a variable, you can use a "curly braces name" variable.
4795This is a regular variable name with one or more expressions wrapped in braces
4796{} like this: >
4797 my_{adjective}_variable
4798
4799When Vim encounters this, it evaluates the expression inside the braces, puts
4800that in place of the expression, and re-interprets the whole as a variable
4801name. So in the above example, if the variable "adjective" was set to
4802"noisy", then the reference would be to "my_noisy_variable", whereas if
4803"adjective" was set to "quiet", then it would be to "my_quiet_variable".
4804
4805One application for this is to create a set of variables governed by an option
4806value. For example, the statement >
4807 echo my_{&background}_message
4808
4809would output the contents of "my_dark_message" or "my_light_message" depending
4810on the current value of 'background'.
4811
4812You can use multiple brace pairs: >
4813 echo my_{adverb}_{adjective}_message
4814..or even nest them: >
4815 echo my_{ad{end_of_word}}_message
4816where "end_of_word" is either "verb" or "jective".
4817
4818However, the expression inside the braces must evaluate to a valid single
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00004819variable name, e.g. this is invalid: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004820 :let foo='a + b'
4821 :echo c{foo}d
4822.. since the result of expansion is "ca + bd", which is not a variable name.
4823
4824 *curly-braces-function-names*
4825You can call and define functions by an evaluated name in a similar way.
4826Example: >
4827 :let func_end='whizz'
4828 :call my_func_{func_end}(parameter)
4829
4830This would call the function "my_func_whizz(parameter)".
4831
4832==============================================================================
48337. Commands *expression-commands*
4834
4835:let {var-name} = {expr1} *:let* *E18*
4836 Set internal variable {var-name} to the result of the
4837 expression {expr1}. The variable will get the type
4838 from the {expr}. If {var-name} didn't exist yet, it
4839 is created.
4840
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00004841:let {var-name}[{idx}] = {expr1} *E689*
4842 Set a list item to the result of the expression
4843 {expr1}. {var-name} must refer to a list and {idx}
4844 must be a valid index in that list. For nested list
4845 the index can be repeated.
4846 This cannot be used to add an item to a list.
4847
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004848 *E711* *E719*
4849:let {var-name}[{idx1}:{idx2}] = {expr1} *E708* *E709* *E710*
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00004850 Set a sequence of items in a List to the result of the
4851 expression {expr1}, which must be a list with the
4852 correct number of items.
4853 {idx1} can be omitted, zero is used instead.
4854 {idx2} can be omitted, meaning the end of the list.
4855 When the selected range of items is partly past the
4856 end of the list, items will be added.
4857
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +00004858 *:let+=* *:let-=* *:let.=* *E734*
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004859:let {var} += {expr1} Like ":let {var} = {var} + {expr1}".
4860:let {var} -= {expr1} Like ":let {var} = {var} - {expr1}".
4861:let {var} .= {expr1} Like ":let {var} = {var} . {expr1}".
4862 These fail if {var} was not set yet and when the type
4863 of {var} and {expr1} don't fit the operator.
4864
4865
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004866:let ${env-name} = {expr1} *:let-environment* *:let-$*
4867 Set environment variable {env-name} to the result of
4868 the expression {expr1}. The type is always String.
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004869:let ${env-name} .= {expr1}
4870 Append {expr1} to the environment variable {env-name}.
4871 If the environment variable didn't exist yet this
4872 works like "=".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004873
4874:let @{reg-name} = {expr1} *:let-register* *:let-@*
4875 Write the result of the expression {expr1} in register
4876 {reg-name}. {reg-name} must be a single letter, and
4877 must be the name of a writable register (see
4878 |registers|). "@@" can be used for the unnamed
4879 register, "@/" for the search pattern.
4880 If the result of {expr1} ends in a <CR> or <NL>, the
4881 register will be linewise, otherwise it will be set to
4882 characterwise.
4883 This can be used to clear the last search pattern: >
4884 :let @/ = ""
4885< This is different from searching for an empty string,
4886 that would match everywhere.
4887
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004888:let @{reg-name} .= {expr1}
4889 Append {expr1} to register {reg-name}. If the
4890 register was empty it's like setting it to {expr1}.
4891
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004892:let &{option-name} = {expr1} *:let-option* *:let-star*
4893 Set option {option-name} to the result of the
Bram Moolenaarfca34d62005-01-04 21:38:36 +00004894 expression {expr1}. A String or Number value is
4895 always converted to the type of the option.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004896 For an option local to a window or buffer the effect
4897 is just like using the |:set| command: both the local
4898 value and the global value is changed.
Bram Moolenaarfca34d62005-01-04 21:38:36 +00004899 Example: >
4900 :let &path = &path . ',/usr/local/include'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004901
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004902:let &{option-name} .= {expr1}
4903 For a string option: Append {expr1} to the value.
4904 Does not insert a comma like |:set+=|.
4905
4906:let &{option-name} += {expr1}
4907:let &{option-name} -= {expr1}
4908 For a number or boolean option: Add or subtract
4909 {expr1}.
4910
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004911:let &l:{option-name} = {expr1}
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004912:let &l:{option-name} .= {expr1}
4913:let &l:{option-name} += {expr1}
4914:let &l:{option-name} -= {expr1}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004915 Like above, but only set the local value of an option
4916 (if there is one). Works like |:setlocal|.
4917
4918:let &g:{option-name} = {expr1}
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004919:let &g:{option-name} .= {expr1}
4920:let &g:{option-name} += {expr1}
4921:let &g:{option-name} -= {expr1}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004922 Like above, but only set the global value of an option
4923 (if there is one). Works like |:setglobal|.
4924
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00004925:let [{name1}, {name2}, ...] = {expr1} *:let-unpack* *E687* *E688*
Bram Moolenaarfca34d62005-01-04 21:38:36 +00004926 {expr1} must evaluate to a List. The first item in
4927 the list is assigned to {name1}, the second item to
4928 {name2}, etc.
4929 The number of names must match the number of items in
4930 the List.
4931 Each name can be one of the items of the ":let"
4932 command as mentioned above.
4933 Example: >
4934 :let [s, item] = GetItem(s)
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004935< Detail: {expr1} is evaluated first, then the
4936 assignments are done in sequence. This matters if
4937 {name2} depends on {name1}. Example: >
4938 :let x = [0, 1]
4939 :let i = 0
4940 :let [i, x[i]] = [1, 2]
4941 :echo x
4942< The result is [0, 2].
4943
4944:let [{name1}, {name2}, ...] .= {expr1}
4945:let [{name1}, {name2}, ...] += {expr1}
4946:let [{name1}, {name2}, ...] -= {expr1}
4947 Like above, but append/add/subtract the value for each
4948 List item.
Bram Moolenaarfca34d62005-01-04 21:38:36 +00004949
4950:let [{name}, ..., ; {lastname}] = {expr1}
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00004951 Like |:let-unpack| above, but the List may have more
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004952 items than there are names. A list of the remaining
4953 items is assigned to {lastname}. If there are no
4954 remaining items {lastname} is set to an empty list.
Bram Moolenaarfca34d62005-01-04 21:38:36 +00004955 Example: >
4956 :let [a, b; rest] = ["aval", "bval", 3, 4]
4957<
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004958:let [{name}, ..., ; {lastname}] .= {expr1}
4959:let [{name}, ..., ; {lastname}] += {expr1}
4960:let [{name}, ..., ; {lastname}] -= {expr1}
4961 Like above, but append/add/subtract the value for each
4962 List item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004963 *E106*
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004964:let {var-name} .. List the value of variable {var-name}. Multiple
Bram Moolenaardcaf10e2005-01-21 11:55:25 +00004965 variable names may be given. Special names recognized
4966 here: *E738*
4967 g: global variables.
4968 b: local buffer variables.
4969 w: local window variables.
4970 v: Vim variables.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004971
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00004972:let List the values of all variables. The type of the
4973 variable is indicated before the value:
4974 <nothing> String
4975 # Number
4976 * Funcref
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004977
Bram Moolenaar2ce06f62005-01-31 19:19:04 +00004978
4979:unl[et][!] {name} ... *:unlet* *:unl* *E108*
4980 Remove the internal variable {name}. Several variable
4981 names can be given, they are all removed. The name
4982 may also be a List or Dictionary item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004983 With [!] no error message is given for non-existing
4984 variables.
Bram Moolenaar9cd15162005-01-16 22:02:49 +00004985 One or more items from a List can be removed: >
4986 :unlet list[3] " remove fourth item
4987 :unlet list[3:] " remove fourth item to last
4988< One item from a Dictionary can be removed at a time: >
4989 :unlet dict['two']
4990 :unlet dict.two
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004991
Bram Moolenaar2ce06f62005-01-31 19:19:04 +00004992:lockv[ar][!] [depth] {name} ... *:lockvar* *:lockv*
4993 Lock the internal variable {name}. Locking means that
4994 it can no longer be changed (until it is unlocked).
4995 A locked variable can be deleted: >
4996 :lockvar v
4997 :let v = 'asdf' " fails!
4998 :unlet v
4999< *E741*
5000 If you try to change a locked variable you get an
5001 error message: "E741: Value of {name} is locked"
5002
5003 [depth] is relevant when locking a List or Dictionary.
5004 It specifies how deep the locking goes:
5005 1 Lock the List or Dictionary itself,
5006 cannot add or remove items, but can
5007 still change their values.
5008 2 Also lock the values, cannot change
5009 the items. If an item is a List or
5010 Dictionary, cannot add or remove
5011 items, but can still change the
5012 values.
5013 3 Like 2 but for the List/Dictionary in
5014 the List/Dictionary, one level deeper.
5015 The default [depth] is 2, thus when {name} is a List
5016 or Dictionary the values cannot be changed.
5017 *E743*
5018 For unlimited depth use [!] and omit [depth].
5019 However, there is a maximum depth of 100 to catch
5020 loops.
5021
5022 Note that when two variables refer to the same List
5023 and you lock one of them, the List will also be locked
5024 when used through the other variable. Example: >
5025 :let l = [0, 1, 2, 3]
5026 :let cl = l
5027 :lockvar l
5028 :let cl[1] = 99 " won't work!
5029< You may want to make a copy of a list to avoid this.
5030 See |deepcopy()|.
5031
5032
5033:unlo[ckvar][!] [depth] {name} ... *:unlockvar* *:unlo*
5034 Unlock the internal variable {name}. Does the
5035 opposite of |:lockvar|.
5036
5037
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005038:if {expr1} *:if* *:endif* *:en* *E171* *E579* *E580*
5039:en[dif] Execute the commands until the next matching ":else"
5040 or ":endif" if {expr1} evaluates to non-zero.
5041
5042 From Vim version 4.5 until 5.0, every Ex command in
5043 between the ":if" and ":endif" is ignored. These two
5044 commands were just to allow for future expansions in a
5045 backwards compatible way. Nesting was allowed. Note
5046 that any ":else" or ":elseif" was ignored, the "else"
5047 part was not executed either.
5048
5049 You can use this to remain compatible with older
5050 versions: >
5051 :if version >= 500
5052 : version-5-specific-commands
5053 :endif
5054< The commands still need to be parsed to find the
5055 "endif". Sometimes an older Vim has a problem with a
5056 new command. For example, ":silent" is recognized as
5057 a ":substitute" command. In that case ":execute" can
5058 avoid problems: >
5059 :if version >= 600
5060 : execute "silent 1,$delete"
5061 :endif
5062<
5063 NOTE: The ":append" and ":insert" commands don't work
5064 properly in between ":if" and ":endif".
5065
5066 *:else* *:el* *E581* *E583*
5067:el[se] Execute the commands until the next matching ":else"
5068 or ":endif" if they previously were not being
5069 executed.
5070
5071 *:elseif* *:elsei* *E582* *E584*
5072:elsei[f] {expr1} Short for ":else" ":if", with the addition that there
5073 is no extra ":endif".
5074
5075:wh[ile] {expr1} *:while* *:endwhile* *:wh* *:endw*
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005076 *E170* *E585* *E588* *E733*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005077:endw[hile] Repeat the commands between ":while" and ":endwhile",
5078 as long as {expr1} evaluates to non-zero.
5079 When an error is detected from a command inside the
5080 loop, execution continues after the "endwhile".
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00005081 Example: >
5082 :let lnum = 1
5083 :while lnum <= line("$")
5084 :call FixLine(lnum)
5085 :let lnum = lnum + 1
5086 :endwhile
5087<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005088 NOTE: The ":append" and ":insert" commands don't work
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00005089 properly inside a ":while" and ":for" loop.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005090
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005091:for {var} in {list} *:for* *E690* *E732*
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00005092:endfo[r] *:endfo* *:endfor*
5093 Repeat the commands between ":for" and ":endfor" for
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00005094 each item in {list}. Variable {var} is set to the
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00005095 value of each item.
5096 When an error is detected for a command inside the
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00005097 loop, execution continues after the "endfor".
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00005098 Changing {list} affects what items are used. Make a
5099 copy if this is unwanted: >
5100 :for item in copy(mylist)
5101< When not making a copy, Vim stores a reference to the
5102 next item in the list, before executing the commands
5103 with the current item. Thus the current item can be
5104 removed without effect. Removing any later item means
5105 it will not be found. Thus the following example
5106 works (an inefficient way to make a list empty): >
5107 :for item in mylist
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00005108 :call remove(mylist, 0)
5109 :endfor
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00005110< Note that reordering the list (e.g., with sort() or
5111 reverse()) may have unexpected effects.
5112 Note that the type of each list item should be
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00005113 identical to avoid errors for the type of {var}
5114 changing. Unlet the variable at the end of the loop
5115 to allow multiple item types.
5116
5117:for {var} in {string}
5118:endfo[r] Like ":for" above, but use each character in {string}
5119 as a list item.
5120 Composing characters are used as separate characters.
5121 A Number is first converted to a String.
5122
5123:for [{var1}, {var2}, ...] in {listlist}
5124:endfo[r]
5125 Like ":for" above, but each item in {listlist} must be
5126 a list, of which each item is assigned to {var1},
5127 {var2}, etc. Example: >
5128 :for [lnum, col] in [[1, 3], [2, 5], [3, 8]]
5129 :echo getline(lnum)[col]
5130 :endfor
5131<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005132 *:continue* *:con* *E586*
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00005133:con[tinue] When used inside a ":while" or ":for" loop, jumps back
5134 to the start of the loop.
5135 If it is used after a |:try| inside the loop but
5136 before the matching |:finally| (if present), the
5137 commands following the ":finally" up to the matching
5138 |:endtry| are executed first. This process applies to
5139 all nested ":try"s inside the loop. The outermost
5140 ":endtry" then jumps back to the start of the loop.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005141
5142 *:break* *:brea* *E587*
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00005143:brea[k] When used inside a ":while" or ":for" loop, skips to
5144 the command after the matching ":endwhile" or
5145 ":endfor".
5146 If it is used after a |:try| inside the loop but
5147 before the matching |:finally| (if present), the
5148 commands following the ":finally" up to the matching
5149 |:endtry| are executed first. This process applies to
5150 all nested ":try"s inside the loop. The outermost
5151 ":endtry" then jumps to the command after the loop.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005152
5153:try *:try* *:endt* *:endtry* *E600* *E601* *E602*
5154:endt[ry] Change the error handling for the commands between
5155 ":try" and ":endtry" including everything being
5156 executed across ":source" commands, function calls,
5157 or autocommand invocations.
5158
5159 When an error or interrupt is detected and there is
5160 a |:finally| command following, execution continues
5161 after the ":finally". Otherwise, or when the
5162 ":endtry" is reached thereafter, the next
5163 (dynamically) surrounding ":try" is checked for
5164 a corresponding ":finally" etc. Then the script
5165 processing is terminated. (Whether a function
5166 definition has an "abort" argument does not matter.)
5167 Example: >
5168 :try | edit too much | finally | echo "cleanup" | endtry
5169 :echo "impossible" " not reached, script terminated above
5170<
5171 Moreover, an error or interrupt (dynamically) inside
5172 ":try" and ":endtry" is converted to an exception. It
5173 can be caught as if it were thrown by a |:throw|
5174 command (see |:catch|). In this case, the script
5175 processing is not terminated.
5176
5177 The value "Vim:Interrupt" is used for an interrupt
5178 exception. An error in a Vim command is converted
5179 to a value of the form "Vim({command}):{errmsg}",
5180 other errors are converted to a value of the form
5181 "Vim:{errmsg}". {command} is the full command name,
5182 and {errmsg} is the message that is displayed if the
5183 error exception is not caught, always beginning with
5184 the error number.
5185 Examples: >
5186 :try | sleep 100 | catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/ | endtry
5187 :try | edit | catch /^Vim(edit):E\d\+/ | echo "error" | endtry
5188<
5189 *:cat* *:catch* *E603* *E604* *E605*
5190:cat[ch] /{pattern}/ The following commands until the next ":catch",
5191 |:finally|, or |:endtry| that belongs to the same
5192 |:try| as the ":catch" are executed when an exception
5193 matching {pattern} is being thrown and has not yet
5194 been caught by a previous ":catch". Otherwise, these
5195 commands are skipped.
5196 When {pattern} is omitted all errors are caught.
5197 Examples: >
5198 :catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/ " catch interrupts (CTRL-C)
5199 :catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E/ " catch all Vim errors
5200 :catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:/ " catch errors and interrupts
5201 :catch /^Vim(write):/ " catch all errors in :write
5202 :catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E123/ " catch error E123
5203 :catch /my-exception/ " catch user exception
5204 :catch /.*/ " catch everything
5205 :catch " same as /.*/
5206<
5207 Another character can be used instead of / around the
5208 {pattern}, so long as it does not have a special
5209 meaning (e.g., '|' or '"') and doesn't occur inside
5210 {pattern}.
5211 NOTE: It is not reliable to ":catch" the TEXT of
5212 an error message because it may vary in different
5213 locales.
5214
5215 *:fina* *:finally* *E606* *E607*
5216:fina[lly] The following commands until the matching |:endtry|
5217 are executed whenever the part between the matching
5218 |:try| and the ":finally" is left: either by falling
5219 through to the ":finally" or by a |:continue|,
5220 |:break|, |:finish|, or |:return|, or by an error or
5221 interrupt or exception (see |:throw|).
5222
5223 *:th* *:throw* *E608*
5224:th[row] {expr1} The {expr1} is evaluated and thrown as an exception.
5225 If the ":throw" is used after a |:try| but before the
5226 first corresponding |:catch|, commands are skipped
5227 until the first ":catch" matching {expr1} is reached.
5228 If there is no such ":catch" or if the ":throw" is
5229 used after a ":catch" but before the |:finally|, the
5230 commands following the ":finally" (if present) up to
5231 the matching |:endtry| are executed. If the ":throw"
5232 is after the ":finally", commands up to the ":endtry"
5233 are skipped. At the ":endtry", this process applies
5234 again for the next dynamically surrounding ":try"
5235 (which may be found in a calling function or sourcing
5236 script), until a matching ":catch" has been found.
5237 If the exception is not caught, the command processing
5238 is terminated.
5239 Example: >
5240 :try | throw "oops" | catch /^oo/ | echo "caught" | endtry
5241<
5242
5243 *:ec* *:echo*
5244:ec[ho] {expr1} .. Echoes each {expr1}, with a space in between. The
5245 first {expr1} starts on a new line.
5246 Also see |:comment|.
5247 Use "\n" to start a new line. Use "\r" to move the
5248 cursor to the first column.
5249 Uses the highlighting set by the |:echohl| command.
5250 Cannot be followed by a comment.
5251 Example: >
5252 :echo "the value of 'shell' is" &shell
5253< A later redraw may make the message disappear again.
5254 To avoid that a command from before the ":echo" causes
5255 a redraw afterwards (redraws are often postponed until
5256 you type something), force a redraw with the |:redraw|
5257 command. Example: >
5258 :new | redraw | echo "there is a new window"
5259<
5260 *:echon*
5261:echon {expr1} .. Echoes each {expr1}, without anything added. Also see
5262 |:comment|.
5263 Uses the highlighting set by the |:echohl| command.
5264 Cannot be followed by a comment.
5265 Example: >
5266 :echon "the value of 'shell' is " &shell
5267<
5268 Note the difference between using ":echo", which is a
5269 Vim command, and ":!echo", which is an external shell
5270 command: >
5271 :!echo % --> filename
5272< The arguments of ":!" are expanded, see |:_%|. >
5273 :!echo "%" --> filename or "filename"
5274< Like the previous example. Whether you see the double
5275 quotes or not depends on your 'shell'. >
5276 :echo % --> nothing
5277< The '%' is an illegal character in an expression. >
5278 :echo "%" --> %
5279< This just echoes the '%' character. >
5280 :echo expand("%") --> filename
5281< This calls the expand() function to expand the '%'.
5282
5283 *:echoh* *:echohl*
5284:echoh[l] {name} Use the highlight group {name} for the following
5285 |:echo|, |:echon| and |:echomsg| commands. Also used
5286 for the |input()| prompt. Example: >
5287 :echohl WarningMsg | echo "Don't panic!" | echohl None
5288< Don't forget to set the group back to "None",
5289 otherwise all following echo's will be highlighted.
5290
5291 *:echom* *:echomsg*
5292:echom[sg] {expr1} .. Echo the expression(s) as a true message, saving the
5293 message in the |message-history|.
5294 Spaces are placed between the arguments as with the
5295 |:echo| command. But unprintable characters are
5296 displayed, not interpreted.
5297 Uses the highlighting set by the |:echohl| command.
5298 Example: >
5299 :echomsg "It's a Zizzer Zazzer Zuzz, as you can plainly see."
5300<
5301 *:echoe* *:echoerr*
5302:echoe[rr] {expr1} .. Echo the expression(s) as an error message, saving the
5303 message in the |message-history|. When used in a
5304 script or function the line number will be added.
5305 Spaces are placed between the arguments as with the
5306 :echo command. When used inside a try conditional,
5307 the message is raised as an error exception instead
5308 (see |try-echoerr|).
5309 Example: >
5310 :echoerr "This script just failed!"
5311< If you just want a highlighted message use |:echohl|.
5312 And to get a beep: >
5313 :exe "normal \<Esc>"
5314<
5315 *:exe* *:execute*
5316:exe[cute] {expr1} .. Executes the string that results from the evaluation
5317 of {expr1} as an Ex command. Multiple arguments are
5318 concatenated, with a space in between. {expr1} is
5319 used as the processed command, command line editing
5320 keys are not recognized.
5321 Cannot be followed by a comment.
5322 Examples: >
5323 :execute "buffer " nextbuf
5324 :execute "normal " count . "w"
5325<
5326 ":execute" can be used to append a command to commands
5327 that don't accept a '|'. Example: >
5328 :execute '!ls' | echo "theend"
5329
5330< ":execute" is also a nice way to avoid having to type
5331 control characters in a Vim script for a ":normal"
5332 command: >
5333 :execute "normal ixxx\<Esc>"
5334< This has an <Esc> character, see |expr-string|.
5335
5336 Note: The executed string may be any command-line, but
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00005337 you cannot start or end a "while", "for" or "if"
5338 command. Thus this is illegal: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005339 :execute 'while i > 5'
5340 :execute 'echo "test" | break'
5341<
5342 It is allowed to have a "while" or "if" command
5343 completely in the executed string: >
5344 :execute 'while i < 5 | echo i | let i = i + 1 | endwhile'
5345<
5346
5347 *:comment*
5348 ":execute", ":echo" and ":echon" cannot be followed by
5349 a comment directly, because they see the '"' as the
5350 start of a string. But, you can use '|' followed by a
5351 comment. Example: >
5352 :echo "foo" | "this is a comment
5353
5354==============================================================================
53558. Exception handling *exception-handling*
5356
5357The Vim script language comprises an exception handling feature. This section
5358explains how it can be used in a Vim script.
5359
5360Exceptions may be raised by Vim on an error or on interrupt, see
5361|catch-errors| and |catch-interrupt|. You can also explicitly throw an
5362exception by using the ":throw" command, see |throw-catch|.
5363
5364
5365TRY CONDITIONALS *try-conditionals*
5366
5367Exceptions can be caught or can cause cleanup code to be executed. You can
5368use a try conditional to specify catch clauses (that catch exceptions) and/or
5369a finally clause (to be executed for cleanup).
5370 A try conditional begins with a |:try| command and ends at the matching
5371|:endtry| command. In between, you can use a |:catch| command to start
5372a catch clause, or a |:finally| command to start a finally clause. There may
5373be none or multiple catch clauses, but there is at most one finally clause,
5374which must not be followed by any catch clauses. The lines before the catch
5375clauses and the finally clause is called a try block. >
5376
5377 :try
5378 : ...
5379 : ... TRY BLOCK
5380 : ...
5381 :catch /{pattern}/
5382 : ...
5383 : ... CATCH CLAUSE
5384 : ...
5385 :catch /{pattern}/
5386 : ...
5387 : ... CATCH CLAUSE
5388 : ...
5389 :finally
5390 : ...
5391 : ... FINALLY CLAUSE
5392 : ...
5393 :endtry
5394
5395The try conditional allows to watch code for exceptions and to take the
5396appropriate actions. Exceptions from the try block may be caught. Exceptions
5397from the try block and also the catch clauses may cause cleanup actions.
5398 When no exception is thrown during execution of the try block, the control
5399is transferred to the finally clause, if present. After its execution, the
5400script continues with the line following the ":endtry".
5401 When an exception occurs during execution of the try block, the remaining
5402lines in the try block are skipped. The exception is matched against the
5403patterns specified as arguments to the ":catch" commands. The catch clause
5404after the first matching ":catch" is taken, other catch clauses are not
5405executed. The catch clause ends when the next ":catch", ":finally", or
5406":endtry" command is reached - whatever is first. Then, the finally clause
5407(if present) is executed. When the ":endtry" is reached, the script execution
5408continues in the following line as usual.
5409 When an exception that does not match any of the patterns specified by the
5410":catch" commands is thrown in the try block, the exception is not caught by
5411that try conditional and none of the catch clauses is executed. Only the
5412finally clause, if present, is taken. The exception pends during execution of
5413the finally clause. It is resumed at the ":endtry", so that commands after
5414the ":endtry" are not executed and the exception might be caught elsewhere,
5415see |try-nesting|.
5416 When during execution of a catch clause another exception is thrown, the
5417remaining lines in that catch clause are not executed. The new exception is
5418not matched against the patterns in any of the ":catch" commands of the same
5419try conditional and none of its catch clauses is taken. If there is, however,
5420a finally clause, it is executed, and the exception pends during its
5421execution. The commands following the ":endtry" are not executed. The new
5422exception might, however, be caught elsewhere, see |try-nesting|.
5423 When during execution of the finally clause (if present) an exception is
5424thrown, the remaining lines in the finally clause are skipped. If the finally
5425clause has been taken because of an exception from the try block or one of the
5426catch clauses, the original (pending) exception is discarded. The commands
5427following the ":endtry" are not executed, and the exception from the finally
5428clause is propagated and can be caught elsewhere, see |try-nesting|.
5429
5430The finally clause is also executed, when a ":break" or ":continue" for
5431a ":while" loop enclosing the complete try conditional is executed from the
5432try block or a catch clause. Or when a ":return" or ":finish" is executed
5433from the try block or a catch clause of a try conditional in a function or
5434sourced script, respectively. The ":break", ":continue", ":return", or
5435":finish" pends during execution of the finally clause and is resumed when the
5436":endtry" is reached. It is, however, discarded when an exception is thrown
5437from the finally clause.
5438 When a ":break" or ":continue" for a ":while" loop enclosing the complete
5439try conditional or when a ":return" or ":finish" is encountered in the finally
5440clause, the rest of the finally clause is skipped, and the ":break",
5441":continue", ":return" or ":finish" is executed as usual. If the finally
5442clause has been taken because of an exception or an earlier ":break",
5443":continue", ":return", or ":finish" from the try block or a catch clause,
5444this pending exception or command is discarded.
5445
5446For examples see |throw-catch| and |try-finally|.
5447
5448
5449NESTING OF TRY CONDITIONALS *try-nesting*
5450
5451Try conditionals can be nested arbitrarily. That is, a complete try
5452conditional can be put into the try block, a catch clause, or the finally
5453clause of another try conditional. If the inner try conditional does not
5454catch an exception thrown in its try block or throws a new exception from one
5455of its catch clauses or its finally clause, the outer try conditional is
5456checked according to the rules above. If the inner try conditional is in the
5457try block of the outer try conditional, its catch clauses are checked, but
5458otherwise only the finally clause is executed. It does not matter for
5459nesting, whether the inner try conditional is directly contained in the outer
5460one, or whether the outer one sources a script or calls a function containing
5461the inner try conditional.
5462
5463When none of the active try conditionals catches an exception, just their
5464finally clauses are executed. Thereafter, the script processing terminates.
5465An error message is displayed in case of an uncaught exception explicitly
5466thrown by a ":throw" command. For uncaught error and interrupt exceptions
5467implicitly raised by Vim, the error message(s) or interrupt message are shown
5468as usual.
5469
5470For examples see |throw-catch|.
5471
5472
5473EXAMINING EXCEPTION HANDLING CODE *except-examine*
5474
5475Exception handling code can get tricky. If you are in doubt what happens, set
5476'verbose' to 13 or use the ":13verbose" command modifier when sourcing your
5477script file. Then you see when an exception is thrown, discarded, caught, or
5478finished. When using a verbosity level of at least 14, things pending in
5479a finally clause are also shown. This information is also given in debug mode
5480(see |debug-scripts|).
5481
5482
5483THROWING AND CATCHING EXCEPTIONS *throw-catch*
5484
5485You can throw any number or string as an exception. Use the |:throw| command
5486and pass the value to be thrown as argument: >
5487 :throw 4711
5488 :throw "string"
5489< *throw-expression*
5490You can also specify an expression argument. The expression is then evaluated
5491first, and the result is thrown: >
5492 :throw 4705 + strlen("string")
5493 :throw strpart("strings", 0, 6)
5494
5495An exception might be thrown during evaluation of the argument of the ":throw"
5496command. Unless it is caught there, the expression evaluation is abandoned.
5497The ":throw" command then does not throw a new exception.
5498 Example: >
5499
5500 :function! Foo(arg)
5501 : try
5502 : throw a:arg
5503 : catch /foo/
5504 : endtry
5505 : return 1
5506 :endfunction
5507 :
5508 :function! Bar()
5509 : echo "in Bar"
5510 : return 4710
5511 :endfunction
5512 :
5513 :throw Foo("arrgh") + Bar()
5514
5515This throws "arrgh", and "in Bar" is not displayed since Bar() is not
5516executed. >
5517 :throw Foo("foo") + Bar()
5518however displays "in Bar" and throws 4711.
5519
5520Any other command that takes an expression as argument might also be
5521abandoned by an (uncaught) exception during the expression evaluation. The
5522exception is then propagated to the caller of the command.
5523 Example: >
5524
5525 :if Foo("arrgh")
5526 : echo "then"
5527 :else
5528 : echo "else"
5529 :endif
5530
5531Here neither of "then" or "else" is displayed.
5532
5533 *catch-order*
5534Exceptions can be caught by a try conditional with one or more |:catch|
5535commands, see |try-conditionals|. The values to be caught by each ":catch"
5536command can be specified as a pattern argument. The subsequent catch clause
5537gets executed when a matching exception is caught.
5538 Example: >
5539
5540 :function! Foo(value)
5541 : try
5542 : throw a:value
5543 : catch /^\d\+$/
5544 : echo "Number thrown"
5545 : catch /.*/
5546 : echo "String thrown"
5547 : endtry
5548 :endfunction
5549 :
5550 :call Foo(0x1267)
5551 :call Foo('string')
5552
5553The first call to Foo() displays "Number thrown", the second "String thrown".
5554An exception is matched against the ":catch" commands in the order they are
5555specified. Only the first match counts. So you should place the more
5556specific ":catch" first. The following order does not make sense: >
5557
5558 : catch /.*/
5559 : echo "String thrown"
5560 : catch /^\d\+$/
5561 : echo "Number thrown"
5562
5563The first ":catch" here matches always, so that the second catch clause is
5564never taken.
5565
5566 *throw-variables*
5567If you catch an exception by a general pattern, you may access the exact value
5568in the variable |v:exception|: >
5569
5570 : catch /^\d\+$/
5571 : echo "Number thrown. Value is" v:exception
5572
5573You may also be interested where an exception was thrown. This is stored in
5574|v:throwpoint|. Note that "v:exception" and "v:throwpoint" are valid for the
5575exception most recently caught as long it is not finished.
5576 Example: >
5577
5578 :function! Caught()
5579 : if v:exception != ""
5580 : echo 'Caught "' . v:exception . '" in ' . v:throwpoint
5581 : else
5582 : echo 'Nothing caught'
5583 : endif
5584 :endfunction
5585 :
5586 :function! Foo()
5587 : try
5588 : try
5589 : try
5590 : throw 4711
5591 : finally
5592 : call Caught()
5593 : endtry
5594 : catch /.*/
5595 : call Caught()
5596 : throw "oops"
5597 : endtry
5598 : catch /.*/
5599 : call Caught()
5600 : finally
5601 : call Caught()
5602 : endtry
5603 :endfunction
5604 :
5605 :call Foo()
5606
5607This displays >
5608
5609 Nothing caught
5610 Caught "4711" in function Foo, line 4
5611 Caught "oops" in function Foo, line 10
5612 Nothing caught
5613
5614A practical example: The following command ":LineNumber" displays the line
5615number in the script or function where it has been used: >
5616
5617 :function! LineNumber()
5618 : return substitute(v:throwpoint, '.*\D\(\d\+\).*', '\1', "")
5619 :endfunction
5620 :command! LineNumber try | throw "" | catch | echo LineNumber() | endtry
5621<
5622 *try-nested*
5623An exception that is not caught by a try conditional can be caught by
5624a surrounding try conditional: >
5625
5626 :try
5627 : try
5628 : throw "foo"
5629 : catch /foobar/
5630 : echo "foobar"
5631 : finally
5632 : echo "inner finally"
5633 : endtry
5634 :catch /foo/
5635 : echo "foo"
5636 :endtry
5637
5638The inner try conditional does not catch the exception, just its finally
5639clause is executed. The exception is then caught by the outer try
5640conditional. The example displays "inner finally" and then "foo".
5641
5642 *throw-from-catch*
5643You can catch an exception and throw a new one to be caught elsewhere from the
5644catch clause: >
5645
5646 :function! Foo()
5647 : throw "foo"
5648 :endfunction
5649 :
5650 :function! Bar()
5651 : try
5652 : call Foo()
5653 : catch /foo/
5654 : echo "Caught foo, throw bar"
5655 : throw "bar"
5656 : endtry
5657 :endfunction
5658 :
5659 :try
5660 : call Bar()
5661 :catch /.*/
5662 : echo "Caught" v:exception
5663 :endtry
5664
5665This displays "Caught foo, throw bar" and then "Caught bar".
5666
5667 *rethrow*
5668There is no real rethrow in the Vim script language, but you may throw
5669"v:exception" instead: >
5670
5671 :function! Bar()
5672 : try
5673 : call Foo()
5674 : catch /.*/
5675 : echo "Rethrow" v:exception
5676 : throw v:exception
5677 : endtry
5678 :endfunction
5679< *try-echoerr*
5680Note that this method cannot be used to "rethrow" Vim error or interrupt
5681exceptions, because it is not possible to fake Vim internal exceptions.
5682Trying so causes an error exception. You should throw your own exception
5683denoting the situation. If you want to cause a Vim error exception containing
5684the original error exception value, you can use the |:echoerr| command: >
5685
5686 :try
5687 : try
5688 : asdf
5689 : catch /.*/
5690 : echoerr v:exception
5691 : endtry
5692 :catch /.*/
5693 : echo v:exception
5694 :endtry
5695
5696This code displays
5697
5698 Vim(echoerr):Vim:E492: Not an editor command: asdf ~
5699
5700
5701CLEANUP CODE *try-finally*
5702
5703Scripts often change global settings and restore them at their end. If the
5704user however interrupts the script by pressing CTRL-C, the settings remain in
5705an inconsistent state. The same may happen to you in the development phase of
5706a script when an error occurs or you explicitly throw an exception without
5707catching it. You can solve these problems by using a try conditional with
5708a finally clause for restoring the settings. Its execution is guaranteed on
5709normal control flow, on error, on an explicit ":throw", and on interrupt.
5710(Note that errors and interrupts from inside the try conditional are converted
5711to exceptions. When not caught, they terminate the script after the finally
5712clause has been executed.)
5713Example: >
5714
5715 :try
5716 : let s:saved_ts = &ts
5717 : set ts=17
5718 :
5719 : " Do the hard work here.
5720 :
5721 :finally
5722 : let &ts = s:saved_ts
5723 : unlet s:saved_ts
5724 :endtry
5725
5726This method should be used locally whenever a function or part of a script
5727changes global settings which need to be restored on failure or normal exit of
5728that function or script part.
5729
5730 *break-finally*
5731Cleanup code works also when the try block or a catch clause is left by
5732a ":continue", ":break", ":return", or ":finish".
5733 Example: >
5734
5735 :let first = 1
5736 :while 1
5737 : try
5738 : if first
5739 : echo "first"
5740 : let first = 0
5741 : continue
5742 : else
5743 : throw "second"
5744 : endif
5745 : catch /.*/
5746 : echo v:exception
5747 : break
5748 : finally
5749 : echo "cleanup"
5750 : endtry
5751 : echo "still in while"
5752 :endwhile
5753 :echo "end"
5754
5755This displays "first", "cleanup", "second", "cleanup", and "end". >
5756
5757 :function! Foo()
5758 : try
5759 : return 4711
5760 : finally
5761 : echo "cleanup\n"
5762 : endtry
5763 : echo "Foo still active"
5764 :endfunction
5765 :
5766 :echo Foo() "returned by Foo"
5767
5768This displays "cleanup" and "4711 returned by Foo". You don't need to add an
5769extra ":return" in the finally clause. (Above all, this would override the
5770return value.)
5771
5772 *except-from-finally*
5773Using either of ":continue", ":break", ":return", ":finish", or ":throw" in
5774a finally clause is possible, but not recommended since it abandons the
5775cleanup actions for the try conditional. But, of course, interrupt and error
5776exceptions might get raised from a finally clause.
5777 Example where an error in the finally clause stops an interrupt from
5778working correctly: >
5779
5780 :try
5781 : try
5782 : echo "Press CTRL-C for interrupt"
5783 : while 1
5784 : endwhile
5785 : finally
5786 : unlet novar
5787 : endtry
5788 :catch /novar/
5789 :endtry
5790 :echo "Script still running"
5791 :sleep 1
5792
5793If you need to put commands that could fail into a finally clause, you should
5794think about catching or ignoring the errors in these commands, see
5795|catch-errors| and |ignore-errors|.
5796
5797
5798CATCHING ERRORS *catch-errors*
5799
5800If you want to catch specific errors, you just have to put the code to be
5801watched in a try block and add a catch clause for the error message. The
5802presence of the try conditional causes all errors to be converted to an
5803exception. No message is displayed and |v:errmsg| is not set then. To find
5804the right pattern for the ":catch" command, you have to know how the format of
5805the error exception is.
5806 Error exceptions have the following format: >
5807
5808 Vim({cmdname}):{errmsg}
5809or >
5810 Vim:{errmsg}
5811
5812{cmdname} is the name of the command that failed; the second form is used when
5813the command name is not known. {errmsg} is the error message usually produced
5814when the error occurs outside try conditionals. It always begins with
5815a capital "E", followed by a two or three-digit error number, a colon, and
5816a space.
5817
5818Examples:
5819
5820The command >
5821 :unlet novar
5822normally produces the error message >
5823 E108: No such variable: "novar"
5824which is converted inside try conditionals to an exception >
5825 Vim(unlet):E108: No such variable: "novar"
5826
5827The command >
5828 :dwim
5829normally produces the error message >
5830 E492: Not an editor command: dwim
5831which is converted inside try conditionals to an exception >
5832 Vim:E492: Not an editor command: dwim
5833
5834You can catch all ":unlet" errors by a >
5835 :catch /^Vim(unlet):/
5836or all errors for misspelled command names by a >
5837 :catch /^Vim:E492:/
5838
5839Some error messages may be produced by different commands: >
5840 :function nofunc
5841and >
5842 :delfunction nofunc
5843both produce the error message >
5844 E128: Function name must start with a capital: nofunc
5845which is converted inside try conditionals to an exception >
5846 Vim(function):E128: Function name must start with a capital: nofunc
5847or >
5848 Vim(delfunction):E128: Function name must start with a capital: nofunc
5849respectively. You can catch the error by its number independently on the
5850command that caused it if you use the following pattern: >
5851 :catch /^Vim(\a\+):E128:/
5852
5853Some commands like >
5854 :let x = novar
5855produce multiple error messages, here: >
5856 E121: Undefined variable: novar
5857 E15: Invalid expression: novar
5858Only the first is used for the exception value, since it is the most specific
5859one (see |except-several-errors|). So you can catch it by >
5860 :catch /^Vim(\a\+):E121:/
5861
5862You can catch all errors related to the name "nofunc" by >
5863 :catch /\<nofunc\>/
5864
5865You can catch all Vim errors in the ":write" and ":read" commands by >
5866 :catch /^Vim(\(write\|read\)):E\d\+:/
5867
5868You can catch all Vim errors by the pattern >
5869 :catch /^Vim\((\a\+)\)\=:E\d\+:/
5870<
5871 *catch-text*
5872NOTE: You should never catch the error message text itself: >
5873 :catch /No such variable/
5874only works in the english locale, but not when the user has selected
5875a different language by the |:language| command. It is however helpful to
5876cite the message text in a comment: >
5877 :catch /^Vim(\a\+):E108:/ " No such variable
5878
5879
5880IGNORING ERRORS *ignore-errors*
5881
5882You can ignore errors in a specific Vim command by catching them locally: >
5883
5884 :try
5885 : write
5886 :catch
5887 :endtry
5888
5889But you are strongly recommended NOT to use this simple form, since it could
5890catch more than you want. With the ":write" command, some autocommands could
5891be executed and cause errors not related to writing, for instance: >
5892
5893 :au BufWritePre * unlet novar
5894
5895There could even be such errors you are not responsible for as a script
5896writer: a user of your script might have defined such autocommands. You would
5897then hide the error from the user.
5898 It is much better to use >
5899
5900 :try
5901 : write
5902 :catch /^Vim(write):/
5903 :endtry
5904
5905which only catches real write errors. So catch only what you'd like to ignore
5906intentionally.
5907
5908For a single command that does not cause execution of autocommands, you could
5909even suppress the conversion of errors to exceptions by the ":silent!"
5910command: >
5911 :silent! nunmap k
5912This works also when a try conditional is active.
5913
5914
5915CATCHING INTERRUPTS *catch-interrupt*
5916
5917When there are active try conditionals, an interrupt (CTRL-C) is converted to
5918the exception "Vim:Interrupt". You can catch it like every exception. The
5919script is not terminated, then.
5920 Example: >
5921
5922 :function! TASK1()
5923 : sleep 10
5924 :endfunction
5925
5926 :function! TASK2()
5927 : sleep 20
5928 :endfunction
5929
5930 :while 1
5931 : let command = input("Type a command: ")
5932 : try
5933 : if command == ""
5934 : continue
5935 : elseif command == "END"
5936 : break
5937 : elseif command == "TASK1"
5938 : call TASK1()
5939 : elseif command == "TASK2"
5940 : call TASK2()
5941 : else
5942 : echo "\nIllegal command:" command
5943 : continue
5944 : endif
5945 : catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/
5946 : echo "\nCommand interrupted"
5947 : " Caught the interrupt. Continue with next prompt.
5948 : endtry
5949 :endwhile
5950
5951You can interrupt a task here by pressing CTRL-C; the script then asks for
5952a new command. If you press CTRL-C at the prompt, the script is terminated.
5953
5954For testing what happens when CTRL-C would be pressed on a specific line in
5955your script, use the debug mode and execute the |>quit| or |>interrupt|
5956command on that line. See |debug-scripts|.
5957
5958
5959CATCHING ALL *catch-all*
5960
5961The commands >
5962
5963 :catch /.*/
5964 :catch //
5965 :catch
5966
5967catch everything, error exceptions, interrupt exceptions and exceptions
5968explicitly thrown by the |:throw| command. This is useful at the top level of
5969a script in order to catch unexpected things.
5970 Example: >
5971
5972 :try
5973 :
5974 : " do the hard work here
5975 :
5976 :catch /MyException/
5977 :
5978 : " handle known problem
5979 :
5980 :catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/
5981 : echo "Script interrupted"
5982 :catch /.*/
5983 : echo "Internal error (" . v:exception . ")"
5984 : echo " - occurred at " . v:throwpoint
5985 :endtry
5986 :" end of script
5987
5988Note: Catching all might catch more things than you want. Thus, you are
5989strongly encouraged to catch only for problems that you can really handle by
5990specifying a pattern argument to the ":catch".
5991 Example: Catching all could make it nearly impossible to interrupt a script
5992by pressing CTRL-C: >
5993
5994 :while 1
5995 : try
5996 : sleep 1
5997 : catch
5998 : endtry
5999 :endwhile
6000
6001
6002EXCEPTIONS AND AUTOCOMMANDS *except-autocmd*
6003
6004Exceptions may be used during execution of autocommands. Example: >
6005
6006 :autocmd User x try
6007 :autocmd User x throw "Oops!"
6008 :autocmd User x catch
6009 :autocmd User x echo v:exception
6010 :autocmd User x endtry
6011 :autocmd User x throw "Arrgh!"
6012 :autocmd User x echo "Should not be displayed"
6013 :
6014 :try
6015 : doautocmd User x
6016 :catch
6017 : echo v:exception
6018 :endtry
6019
6020This displays "Oops!" and "Arrgh!".
6021
6022 *except-autocmd-Pre*
6023For some commands, autocommands get executed before the main action of the
6024command takes place. If an exception is thrown and not caught in the sequence
6025of autocommands, the sequence and the command that caused its execution are
6026abandoned and the exception is propagated to the caller of the command.
6027 Example: >
6028
6029 :autocmd BufWritePre * throw "FAIL"
6030 :autocmd BufWritePre * echo "Should not be displayed"
6031 :
6032 :try
6033 : write
6034 :catch
6035 : echo "Caught:" v:exception "from" v:throwpoint
6036 :endtry
6037
6038Here, the ":write" command does not write the file currently being edited (as
6039you can see by checking 'modified'), since the exception from the BufWritePre
6040autocommand abandons the ":write". The exception is then caught and the
6041script displays: >
6042
6043 Caught: FAIL from BufWrite Auto commands for "*"
6044<
6045 *except-autocmd-Post*
6046For some commands, autocommands get executed after the main action of the
6047command has taken place. If this main action fails and the command is inside
6048an active try conditional, the autocommands are skipped and an error exception
6049is thrown that can be caught by the caller of the command.
6050 Example: >
6051
6052 :autocmd BufWritePost * echo "File successfully written!"
6053 :
6054 :try
6055 : write /i/m/p/o/s/s/i/b/l/e
6056 :catch
6057 : echo v:exception
6058 :endtry
6059
6060This just displays: >
6061
6062 Vim(write):E212: Can't open file for writing (/i/m/p/o/s/s/i/b/l/e)
6063
6064If you really need to execute the autocommands even when the main action
6065fails, trigger the event from the catch clause.
6066 Example: >
6067
6068 :autocmd BufWritePre * set noreadonly
6069 :autocmd BufWritePost * set readonly
6070 :
6071 :try
6072 : write /i/m/p/o/s/s/i/b/l/e
6073 :catch
6074 : doautocmd BufWritePost /i/m/p/o/s/s/i/b/l/e
6075 :endtry
6076<
6077You can also use ":silent!": >
6078
6079 :let x = "ok"
6080 :let v:errmsg = ""
6081 :autocmd BufWritePost * if v:errmsg != ""
6082 :autocmd BufWritePost * let x = "after fail"
6083 :autocmd BufWritePost * endif
6084 :try
6085 : silent! write /i/m/p/o/s/s/i/b/l/e
6086 :catch
6087 :endtry
6088 :echo x
6089
6090This displays "after fail".
6091
6092If the main action of the command does not fail, exceptions from the
6093autocommands will be catchable by the caller of the command: >
6094
6095 :autocmd BufWritePost * throw ":-("
6096 :autocmd BufWritePost * echo "Should not be displayed"
6097 :
6098 :try
6099 : write
6100 :catch
6101 : echo v:exception
6102 :endtry
6103<
6104 *except-autocmd-Cmd*
6105For some commands, the normal action can be replaced by a sequence of
6106autocommands. Exceptions from that sequence will be catchable by the caller
6107of the command.
6108 Example: For the ":write" command, the caller cannot know whether the file
6109had actually been written when the exception occurred. You need to tell it in
6110some way. >
6111
6112 :if !exists("cnt")
6113 : let cnt = 0
6114 :
6115 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * if &modified
6116 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * let cnt = cnt + 1
6117 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * if cnt % 3 == 2
6118 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * throw "BufWriteCmdError"
6119 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * endif
6120 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * write | set nomodified
6121 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * if cnt % 3 == 0
6122 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * throw "BufWriteCmdError"
6123 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * endif
6124 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * echo "File successfully written!"
6125 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * endif
6126 :endif
6127 :
6128 :try
6129 : write
6130 :catch /^BufWriteCmdError$/
6131 : if &modified
6132 : echo "Error on writing (file contents not changed)"
6133 : else
6134 : echo "Error after writing"
6135 : endif
6136 :catch /^Vim(write):/
6137 : echo "Error on writing"
6138 :endtry
6139
6140When this script is sourced several times after making changes, it displays
6141first >
6142 File successfully written!
6143then >
6144 Error on writing (file contents not changed)
6145then >
6146 Error after writing
6147etc.
6148
6149 *except-autocmd-ill*
6150You cannot spread a try conditional over autocommands for different events.
6151The following code is ill-formed: >
6152
6153 :autocmd BufWritePre * try
6154 :
6155 :autocmd BufWritePost * catch
6156 :autocmd BufWritePost * echo v:exception
6157 :autocmd BufWritePost * endtry
6158 :
6159 :write
6160
6161
6162EXCEPTION HIERARCHIES AND PARAMETERIZED EXCEPTIONS *except-hier-param*
6163
6164Some programming languages allow to use hierarchies of exception classes or to
6165pass additional information with the object of an exception class. You can do
6166similar things in Vim.
6167 In order to throw an exception from a hierarchy, just throw the complete
6168class name with the components separated by a colon, for instance throw the
6169string "EXCEPT:MATHERR:OVERFLOW" for an overflow in a mathematical library.
6170 When you want to pass additional information with your exception class, add
6171it in parentheses, for instance throw the string "EXCEPT:IO:WRITEERR(myfile)"
6172for an error when writing "myfile".
6173 With the appropriate patterns in the ":catch" command, you can catch for
6174base classes or derived classes of your hierarchy. Additional information in
6175parentheses can be cut out from |v:exception| with the ":substitute" command.
6176 Example: >
6177
6178 :function! CheckRange(a, func)
6179 : if a:a < 0
6180 : throw "EXCEPT:MATHERR:RANGE(" . a:func . ")"
6181 : endif
6182 :endfunction
6183 :
6184 :function! Add(a, b)
6185 : call CheckRange(a:a, "Add")
6186 : call CheckRange(a:b, "Add")
6187 : let c = a:a + a:b
6188 : if c < 0
6189 : throw "EXCEPT:MATHERR:OVERFLOW"
6190 : endif
6191 : return c
6192 :endfunction
6193 :
6194 :function! Div(a, b)
6195 : call CheckRange(a:a, "Div")
6196 : call CheckRange(a:b, "Div")
6197 : if (a:b == 0)
6198 : throw "EXCEPT:MATHERR:ZERODIV"
6199 : endif
6200 : return a:a / a:b
6201 :endfunction
6202 :
6203 :function! Write(file)
6204 : try
6205 : execute "write" a:file
6206 : catch /^Vim(write):/
6207 : throw "EXCEPT:IO(" . getcwd() . ", " . a:file . "):WRITEERR"
6208 : endtry
6209 :endfunction
6210 :
6211 :try
6212 :
6213 : " something with arithmetics and I/O
6214 :
6215 :catch /^EXCEPT:MATHERR:RANGE/
6216 : let function = substitute(v:exception, '.*(\(\a\+\)).*', '\1', "")
6217 : echo "Range error in" function
6218 :
6219 :catch /^EXCEPT:MATHERR/ " catches OVERFLOW and ZERODIV
6220 : echo "Math error"
6221 :
6222 :catch /^EXCEPT:IO/
6223 : let dir = substitute(v:exception, '.*(\(.\+\),\s*.\+).*', '\1', "")
6224 : let file = substitute(v:exception, '.*(.\+,\s*\(.\+\)).*', '\1', "")
6225 : if file !~ '^/'
6226 : let file = dir . "/" . file
6227 : endif
6228 : echo 'I/O error for "' . file . '"'
6229 :
6230 :catch /^EXCEPT/
6231 : echo "Unspecified error"
6232 :
6233 :endtry
6234
6235The exceptions raised by Vim itself (on error or when pressing CTRL-C) use
6236a flat hierarchy: they are all in the "Vim" class. You cannot throw yourself
6237exceptions with the "Vim" prefix; they are reserved for Vim.
6238 Vim error exceptions are parameterized with the name of the command that
6239failed, if known. See |catch-errors|.
6240
6241
6242PECULIARITIES
6243 *except-compat*
6244The exception handling concept requires that the command sequence causing the
6245exception is aborted immediately and control is transferred to finally clauses
6246and/or a catch clause.
6247
6248In the Vim script language there are cases where scripts and functions
6249continue after an error: in functions without the "abort" flag or in a command
6250after ":silent!", control flow goes to the following line, and outside
6251functions, control flow goes to the line following the outermost ":endwhile"
6252or ":endif". On the other hand, errors should be catchable as exceptions
6253(thus, requiring the immediate abortion).
6254
6255This problem has been solved by converting errors to exceptions and using
6256immediate abortion (if not suppressed by ":silent!") only when a try
6257conditional is active. This is no restriction since an (error) exception can
6258be caught only from an active try conditional. If you want an immediate
6259termination without catching the error, just use a try conditional without
6260catch clause. (You can cause cleanup code being executed before termination
6261by specifying a finally clause.)
6262
6263When no try conditional is active, the usual abortion and continuation
6264behavior is used instead of immediate abortion. This ensures compatibility of
6265scripts written for Vim 6.1 and earlier.
6266
6267However, when sourcing an existing script that does not use exception handling
6268commands (or when calling one of its functions) from inside an active try
6269conditional of a new script, you might change the control flow of the existing
6270script on error. You get the immediate abortion on error and can catch the
6271error in the new script. If however the sourced script suppresses error
6272messages by using the ":silent!" command (checking for errors by testing
6273|v:errmsg| if appropriate), its execution path is not changed. The error is
6274not converted to an exception. (See |:silent|.) So the only remaining cause
6275where this happens is for scripts that don't care about errors and produce
6276error messages. You probably won't want to use such code from your new
6277scripts.
6278
6279 *except-syntax-err*
6280Syntax errors in the exception handling commands are never caught by any of
6281the ":catch" commands of the try conditional they belong to. Its finally
6282clauses, however, is executed.
6283 Example: >
6284
6285 :try
6286 : try
6287 : throw 4711
6288 : catch /\(/
6289 : echo "in catch with syntax error"
6290 : catch
6291 : echo "inner catch-all"
6292 : finally
6293 : echo "inner finally"
6294 : endtry
6295 :catch
6296 : echo 'outer catch-all caught "' . v:exception . '"'
6297 : finally
6298 : echo "outer finally"
6299 :endtry
6300
6301This displays: >
6302 inner finally
6303 outer catch-all caught "Vim(catch):E54: Unmatched \("
6304 outer finally
6305The original exception is discarded and an error exception is raised, instead.
6306
6307 *except-single-line*
6308The ":try", ":catch", ":finally", and ":endtry" commands can be put on
6309a single line, but then syntax errors may make it difficult to recognize the
6310"catch" line, thus you better avoid this.
6311 Example: >
6312 :try | unlet! foo # | catch | endtry
6313raises an error exception for the trailing characters after the ":unlet!"
6314argument, but does not see the ":catch" and ":endtry" commands, so that the
6315error exception is discarded and the "E488: Trailing characters" message gets
6316displayed.
6317
6318 *except-several-errors*
6319When several errors appear in a single command, the first error message is
6320usually the most specific one and therefor converted to the error exception.
6321 Example: >
6322 echo novar
6323causes >
6324 E121: Undefined variable: novar
6325 E15: Invalid expression: novar
6326The value of the error exception inside try conditionals is: >
6327 Vim(echo):E121: Undefined variable: novar
6328< *except-syntax-error*
6329But when a syntax error is detected after a normal error in the same command,
6330the syntax error is used for the exception being thrown.
6331 Example: >
6332 unlet novar #
6333causes >
6334 E108: No such variable: "novar"
6335 E488: Trailing characters
6336The value of the error exception inside try conditionals is: >
6337 Vim(unlet):E488: Trailing characters
6338This is done because the syntax error might change the execution path in a way
6339not intended by the user. Example: >
6340 try
6341 try | unlet novar # | catch | echo v:exception | endtry
6342 catch /.*/
6343 echo "outer catch:" v:exception
6344 endtry
6345This displays "outer catch: Vim(unlet):E488: Trailing characters", and then
6346a "E600: Missing :endtry" error message is given, see |except-single-line|.
6347
6348==============================================================================
63499. Examples *eval-examples*
6350
6351Printing in Hex ~
6352>
6353 :" The function Nr2Hex() returns the Hex string of a number.
6354 :func Nr2Hex(nr)
6355 : let n = a:nr
6356 : let r = ""
6357 : while n
6358 : let r = '0123456789ABCDEF'[n % 16] . r
6359 : let n = n / 16
6360 : endwhile
6361 : return r
6362 :endfunc
6363
6364 :" The function String2Hex() converts each character in a string to a two
6365 :" character Hex string.
6366 :func String2Hex(str)
6367 : let out = ''
6368 : let ix = 0
6369 : while ix < strlen(a:str)
6370 : let out = out . Nr2Hex(char2nr(a:str[ix]))
6371 : let ix = ix + 1
6372 : endwhile
6373 : return out
6374 :endfunc
6375
6376Example of its use: >
6377 :echo Nr2Hex(32)
6378result: "20" >
6379 :echo String2Hex("32")
6380result: "3332"
6381
6382
6383Sorting lines (by Robert Webb) ~
6384
6385Here is a Vim script to sort lines. Highlight the lines in Vim and type
6386":Sort". This doesn't call any external programs so it'll work on any
6387platform. The function Sort() actually takes the name of a comparison
6388function as its argument, like qsort() does in C. So you could supply it
6389with different comparison functions in order to sort according to date etc.
6390>
6391 :" Function for use with Sort(), to compare two strings.
6392 :func! Strcmp(str1, str2)
6393 : if (a:str1 < a:str2)
6394 : return -1
6395 : elseif (a:str1 > a:str2)
6396 : return 1
6397 : else
6398 : return 0
6399 : endif
6400 :endfunction
6401
6402 :" Sort lines. SortR() is called recursively.
6403 :func! SortR(start, end, cmp)
6404 : if (a:start >= a:end)
6405 : return
6406 : endif
6407 : let partition = a:start - 1
6408 : let middle = partition
6409 : let partStr = getline((a:start + a:end) / 2)
6410 : let i = a:start
6411 : while (i <= a:end)
6412 : let str = getline(i)
6413 : exec "let result = " . a:cmp . "(str, partStr)"
6414 : if (result <= 0)
6415 : " Need to put it before the partition. Swap lines i and partition.
6416 : let partition = partition + 1
6417 : if (result == 0)
6418 : let middle = partition
6419 : endif
6420 : if (i != partition)
6421 : let str2 = getline(partition)
6422 : call setline(i, str2)
6423 : call setline(partition, str)
6424 : endif
6425 : endif
6426 : let i = i + 1
6427 : endwhile
6428
6429 : " Now we have a pointer to the "middle" element, as far as partitioning
6430 : " goes, which could be anywhere before the partition. Make sure it is at
6431 : " the end of the partition.
6432 : if (middle != partition)
6433 : let str = getline(middle)
6434 : let str2 = getline(partition)
6435 : call setline(middle, str2)
6436 : call setline(partition, str)
6437 : endif
6438 : call SortR(a:start, partition - 1, a:cmp)
6439 : call SortR(partition + 1, a:end, a:cmp)
6440 :endfunc
6441
6442 :" To Sort a range of lines, pass the range to Sort() along with the name of a
6443 :" function that will compare two lines.
6444 :func! Sort(cmp) range
6445 : call SortR(a:firstline, a:lastline, a:cmp)
6446 :endfunc
6447
6448 :" :Sort takes a range of lines and sorts them.
6449 :command! -nargs=0 -range Sort <line1>,<line2>call Sort("Strcmp")
6450<
6451 *sscanf*
6452There is no sscanf() function in Vim. If you need to extract parts from a
6453line, you can use matchstr() and substitute() to do it. This example shows
6454how to get the file name, line number and column number out of a line like
6455"foobar.txt, 123, 45". >
6456 :" Set up the match bit
6457 :let mx='\(\f\+\),\s*\(\d\+\),\s*\(\d\+\)'
6458 :"get the part matching the whole expression
6459 :let l = matchstr(line, mx)
6460 :"get each item out of the match
6461 :let file = substitute(l, mx, '\1', '')
6462 :let lnum = substitute(l, mx, '\2', '')
6463 :let col = substitute(l, mx, '\3', '')
6464
6465The input is in the variable "line", the results in the variables "file",
6466"lnum" and "col". (idea from Michael Geddes)
6467
6468==============================================================================
646910. No +eval feature *no-eval-feature*
6470
6471When the |+eval| feature was disabled at compile time, none of the expression
6472evaluation commands are available. To prevent this from causing Vim scripts
6473to generate all kinds of errors, the ":if" and ":endif" commands are still
6474recognized, though the argument of the ":if" and everything between the ":if"
6475and the matching ":endif" is ignored. Nesting of ":if" blocks is allowed, but
6476only if the commands are at the start of the line. The ":else" command is not
6477recognized.
6478
6479Example of how to avoid executing commands when the |+eval| feature is
6480missing: >
6481
6482 :if 1
6483 : echo "Expression evaluation is compiled in"
6484 :else
6485 : echo "You will _never_ see this message"
6486 :endif
6487
6488==============================================================================
648911. The sandbox *eval-sandbox* *sandbox* *E48*
6490
6491The 'foldexpr', 'includeexpr', 'indentexpr', 'statusline' and 'foldtext'
6492options are evaluated in a sandbox. This means that you are protected from
6493these expressions having nasty side effects. This gives some safety for when
6494these options are set from a modeline. It is also used when the command from
6495a tags file is executed.
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00006496The sandbox is also used for the |:sandbox| command.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006497
6498These items are not allowed in the sandbox:
6499 - changing the buffer text
6500 - defining or changing mapping, autocommands, functions, user commands
6501 - setting certain options (see |option-summary|)
6502 - executing a shell command
6503 - reading or writing a file
6504 - jumping to another buffer or editing a file
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00006505This is not guaranteed 100% secure, but it should block most attacks.
6506
6507 *:san* *:sandbox*
Bram Moolenaar045e82d2005-07-08 22:25:33 +00006508:san[dbox] {cmd} Execute {cmd} in the sandbox. Useful to evaluate an
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00006509 option that may have been set from a modeline, e.g.
6510 'foldexpr'.
6511
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006512
6513 vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: